Agile Coaches' Corner shares practical concepts in an approachable way. It is for agile practitioners and business leaders seeking expert advice on improving the way they work to achieve their desired outcomes.
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, discusses his perspective on the influence of Artificial Intelligence on Agile Teams. AI has created excitement and great expectations, undoubtedly changing how we perceive work and raising some concerns. In this episode, Dan dives deep into how Generative AI can impact Agile Teams’ work, describing AI’s use in this field and using valuable examples to describe several manners to incorporate AI to ease the work at different stages of an Agile process.
Key Takeaways
Miro AI can be used as a Retrospective partner to examine the retrospective data the Team has been collecting. It can also help provide different ways of facilitating Retrospectives.
AI is helpful to Delivery Teams in predicting releases.
Agile Teams can use the Monte Carlo Simulation to predict a Team’s velocity by looking at historical data to create a range of future possibilities.
Sprint planning could be simpler with the aid of AI.
An Agile Team can seek AI help to provide other work items that might support the original Sprint Goal, based on the product backlog.
How can AI assist in dealing with bottlenecks?
AI can help identify some bottleneck trends based on the existing delivery data.
AI as a tool for Product Owners and Quality Specialists to identify Acceptance Criteria:
To generate new acceptance criteria, test cases can be generated using an AI public tool or a technology ecosystem like Microsoft Copilot.
Using Microsoft Copilot, a Team can look at the sentiment in which you are engaging with your Teammates.
Ai can provide strategies to tackle a potential social challenge that might be reflected in the Team’s communication.
AI can use your historical information for risk management.
AI can help a Team identify risks and develop strategies to solve them or even when to accept those risks since the cost of mitigating them exceeds the Team’s capabilities.
Agile Teams can use AI for prioritization.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is discussing how to maximize Team autonomy while maintaining accountability within Agile Frameworks. In this episode, Dan defines the importance of autonomy and accountability in Agile. He explains the challenge faced when too much autonomy leads to a lack of accountability while, on the contrary, too much control inhibits innovation and why leaders should prioritize this delicate balance.
Key Takeaways
Autonomy benefits Agile teams by making decisions faster and fostering creativity and innovation.
The Role of Accountability in Agile:
Accountability keeps Teams aligned with business outcomes and stakeholders’ expectations.
Key Strategies for Balancing Autonomy and Accountability:
Boundary Setting (Guardrails): How Agile coaches and Scrum Masters can establish non-intrusive guardrails (e.g., WIP limits, capacity planning) to ensure teams are free to work without getting lost or overcommitting.
Leadership’s Role in Supporting Autonomy and Accountability:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann, your host, dives deep into how Managers can support and help their Agile Teams. We often fall into common misconceptions, such as believing that self-managing Teams do not need Functional Managers or finding that the Manager’s role is not well defined, making it difficult to identify how he can assist an Agile Team. In this episode, Dan shares many valuable tips for Managers trying to find the best ways to help an Agile Team.
Key Takeaways
alignment, trust, and quality of solutions.
Give Team members time for training and attending relevant events to increase motivation and performance.
Tip No.3: Foster a Flexible and Adaptive Mindset.
Being adaptable and responsive to changes in the Agile environment has remarkable benefits.
Tip No.4: Measure and Improve Workflow.
Measuring the total time to deliver customer value and designing an effective workflow can improve Team efficiency.
Tip No.5: Align Teams with Common Visions and Goals.
A Manager should align teams with a shared vision and goals rather than top-down control.
Tip No.6: Celebrate Successes and Learn from Challenges.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes Mike Guiler to explore starting on the right foot and staying aligned during the delivery process. In this episode, Dan discusses the crucial activities that set the stage for a successful project inception. Whether starting a new project or re-initiating an existing one, these activities are essential for aligning your Team, stakeholders, and vision.
Key Takeaways
This phase is critical because it helps ensure that everyone involved clearly understands what the project aims to achieve and how we plan to get there.
Key Activities in Project Inception:
Vision and Goals Workshop:
Gather key stakeholders to define the project’s vision and goals.
Create a shared understanding of the project’s purpose and success criteria.
Stakeholder Identification and Analysis:
Identify all stakeholders on whom the project will impact.
Develop a stakeholder engagement plan to ensure effective communication and collaboration.
Scope Definition:
Clearly define the project’s scope, including what is in and out of scope.
Prioritize requirements based on business value and feasibility.
Risk Assessment:
Identify potential risks that could impact the project’s success.
Develop mitigation strategies to address high-priority risks.
Team Formation and Roles:
Assemble the project Team and define roles and responsibilities.
Foster a collaborative and supportive Team environment.
Initial Planning and Roadmap:
Develop a high-level project plan and roadmap.
Establish a timeline for the project’s major phases and activities.
Best Practices and Tips:
Use feedback loops to ensure that their needs and concerns are addressed.
Be Flexible and Adaptable:
Embrace change and use it as an opportunity to improve the project.
Focus on Value Delivery:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes Nina Sossamon-Poghe to today’s conversation. Nina has an interesting background as a U.S. gymnast, a News Anchor, and a Corporate Leader with a unique perspective on resilience, mental health, and well-being.
In this episode, Dan and Nina discuss an innovative concept, Excellence Exhaustion, while they define and analyze its significance. Nina also shares the “Resilience Route Navigator,” a framework designed to help high achievers combat Excellence Exhaustion.
Key Takeaways
The Symptoms of Excellence Exhaustion are anxiety, mental fatigue, reduced motivation, and diminished productivity.
The Resilience Route Navigator:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, welcomes Mike Guiler to discuss a recent course on Kanban Essentials they experienced together. By the end of the classes, they encountered a common feeling in some participants: fear of failing. Often, acquiring new knowledge, embarking on a new journey, or using a new tool can trigger insecurities: What could happen if it is not right? Where do I begin?
In this episode, they encourage Agilists to face this first stage of hesitation, analyze the limitations, and consider the best scenarios for using a new tool or enforcing an innovative strategy through implementing Kanban.
Key Takeaways
The whole Team has to take ownership of trying Kanban to solve an existing problem.
How to start using Kanban?
You can start using your personal Kanban board and convince the entire Team to use it for the whole system.
The Problem of Local Optimization:
There is a need to start small and locally but have the bigger system in mind.
Make your work visible.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Kanban Essentials
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is joined by Norm Kerth, author of Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews. Norm Kerth wrote this book before Sprint Retrospectives were invented! In this episode, Norm and Dan explore the subject of Project Retrospectives. They discuss the learning opportunity within every major project event, especially in instances where things did not turn out favorably. Norm explains when and when not to have a Retrospective and how to prove its value to organizations reluctant to grant the necessary time to invest in them.
Key Takeaways
Norm wrote the book Project Retrospectives even before retrospectives and sprints were created.
Project Retrospective:
The necessary four questions: What went well? What did I learn? What do I want to do differently the next time? What still puzzles me?
Retrospectives need time, but organizations do not always agree.
Consultants must ask four questions: How did you get to where you are? How do you feel about where you are at the moment? Where do you want to go? What do you want to do differently? The Retrospective is the way to find the answers to these questions.
When is a Retrospective not needed?
Don’t do the Retrospective only because it is trendy to do it.
How can Retrospective’s value be demonstrated?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norm Kerth
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is joined by an external guest: Kristen Belcher, a Software Developer turned Agile Coach. In this episode, they discuss liberating structures, simple and subtle tools that can help everyone attending a group event contribute and be included. They dive deep into some of the Liberating Structures, such as 1-2-4-All, Drawing Together, Purpose-to-Practice, and TRIZ. Listen to this thoughtful conversation and get ready to apply some of these practices to the next event you facilitate.
Key Takeaways
TRIZ is the liberating structure created to assess the absolute worst scenario that can happen.
When choosing a liberating structure, you must match it with the problem you are trying to solve in a group.
It's a good idea to have a Plan A and a Plan B for facilitation.
How can you start applying Liberating Structures?
Mentioned in this Episode:
LiberatingStructures.com
Download the Liberating Structures App
The Art of Gathering, by Priya Parker
The Fearless Organization: Creating Psychological Safety in the Workplace for Learning, Innovation, and Growth, by Amy C. Edmondson
Right Kind of Wrong: The Science of Failing Well. by Amy C. Edmondson
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your hosts, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil, share seven tips for Agile Facilitation. Collaboration is necessary when solving a problem, and Agile Coaches and Masters work to enable a Team to cooperate. Every event is unique, which is why Facilitation could be considered a form of art.
Key Takeaways
Every Facilitator has to remember that they are facilitating for a specific audience. Who is this meeting for? What is the value for these participants?
Use Time boxes.
A Facilitator should design the session with the intended activities, promote collaboration from collaborators, and be flexible enough to adapt to changes.
Mastering the act of active listening:
Are collaborators listening to each other? A Facilitator must also promote active listening among participants.
A Facilitator must foster an open and inclusive communication environment.
A Facilitator must become a master observer of the room. Who is participating? Who is silent?
Design a power start!
Visual Facilitation tools are incredibly beneficial for a better Facilitation.
A Facilitator must handle conflict with grace.
A Facilitator must be clear about which behaviors are acceptable. Safe boundaries are essential to hosting a psychologically safe environment.
Facilitators must continuously improve their skills.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Empowered: Ordinary People, Extraordinary Products (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan and Chris Jones
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Justin Thatil, welcomes Ned Pope, Director of Product Practice at Agile Thought. In this episode, Ned and Justin explore the most common challenges encountered while engaging with an enterprise client. Ned shares valuable insights regarding creating a new product effectively and timely, emphasizing the crucial value of openness and collaboration within a Team. Ned highlights the importance of focusing on the problem, the elements of the solution, and how they can be broken down to prioritize the most unique and highest value for clients and customers.
Key Takeaways
Make sure everyone is aligned and on the same page.
Understand and respect the current processes within an Organization.
The organization has already figured out how to solve the problem in the current fashion, and you do not want to disrupt that but to provide something that makes that process more manageable, enhances that solution, and makes it more effective and scalable.
There are tangible elements that form a culture.
Openness, resourcefulness, and collaboration are critical elements of an Agile Team.
Move UX design and UI library components as visual references at the beginning of the process to save time and ultimately allow for a better product.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scaled Agile
Scrum.org
National Academy of Inventors
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Justin Thatil, is joined by Mike Guiler to explore complementary practices in Scrum. The Scrum Guide intentionally left many open questions for users to adapt and practice flexibility.
In this episode, Justin and Mike outline several practices, such as identifying the product vision, adapting the Kanban Board, and providing visual information regarding the production process. They also discuss the benefits of using Kanban’s lead and cycle time metrics and close this conversation by diving deep into the importance of identifying a shared definition of ready.
Key Takeaways
Second, the Team comes up with a plan to achieve that vision, which unlocks an organization's power.
Adapt a Kanban board.
Many benefits result from visualizing the steps in the Kanban Board.
Scrum with Kanban:
Kanban’s lead time and cycle time metrics give an indication of the system's progress and whether it is getting better. The cycle time measures the time it takes an idea since it enters a print backlog until it is delivered to the customer, while the lead time gives more of a system view.
Find your definition of “ready.”
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Episodes 277 and 279 of The Agile Coaches Corner.
Scrum with Kanban
Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Set New Ideas in Just Five Days, by Jake Knapp
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by the first-time guest, Jeannine Gonyon, a Performance Engineering Practice Lead at Agile Thought. This episode explores the differences between performance testing and performance engineering, emphasizing the crucial role of Performance Engineering in mitigating unnecessary risks and protecting the Organization’s reputation.
Key Takeaways
Performance engineering tests go to an extra step of analysis to find out exactly where any kind of optimizations are needed.
Some Organizations are hesitant to invest in Performance Engineering.
The earlier you do Performance Testing, the more you have the maneuverability to make any changes.
The costs of Performance testing:
If you do performance testing, the earliest is the best way to mitigate risk (better than spending much money later).
What is the relationship between Performance Testers and the rest of the Team involved in developing a product?
Performance testers need to know as much about the application as those using it.
Performance Testing and AI:
A quick growth of AI tools applied to Performance tests is expected.
Testing in Production versus Performance Testing:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is accompanied by Gill Broza. Gil is known for simplifying the complex and making the implicit explicit so people can make better choices. He is a writer and never prescribes a single right way.
In this episode, Dan and Gil explore how to help teams grow and produce improved outcomes while diving deep into a discussion regarding Gil’s latest book, Deliver Better Results.
Key Takeaways
The value lies in how well we serve the company and the effect of the work.
The people matter the most; they are the ones transiting the process.
The strategies proposed by Gil work because people start to behave differently.
Ways of working result from combining the tactics we use (process, practices, roles, artifacts, tools) and the mindset we employ while executing the tactics. The mindset is defined by choice-making, which has three components: purpose, beliefs, and principles.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Deliver Better Result: How to Unlock Your Organization’s Potential., by Gil Broza
Chapter 1 of Deliver Better Results
Thinking in Systems, by Donella Meadows
The Drunkard’s Walk: How Randomness Rules Our Lives by Leonard Mlodinow
Random Acts of Medicine: The Hidden Forces That Sway Doctors, Impact Patients, and Shape Our Health, by Anupam Jena and Christopher Worsham
Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue the discussion on Norman Kerth’s book Project Retrospectives. In this episode, they explore the last three chapters, which are filled with exercises to apply at Retrospectives, specifically when sensitive topics are to be addressed.
Key Takeaways
As a facilitator, try to find the highest leader available in your organization that is willing to share with participants an instance in which they themselves faced failure and what he or she learned from it. This establishes that it is okay to talk about failure.
Becoming a Facilitator:
Allow space for intense emotions during Retrospectives. Fostering the expression of emotions is healthy and cathartic for the organization, but sometimes, it can be challenging for the facilitator to deal with them during the event. Listen actively, assign a meaning to those feelings, and try to identify the feeling arousing about that feeling. Identify which feelings can be discussed at the Retrospective and which others should be addressed one-on-one.
Tools for Facilitators:
Congruent vs. incongruent messaging: When delivering a message that describes a problem, first address how the problem is impacting you (the self), then the context, and finally, the intention and how this caused the problem. A similar approach is the Situation-Behavior-Impact framework.
What to do after Retrospectives?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth
Intuitive Prediction: Bias and Corrective Procedures, Daniel Kahneman
Listen to Project Retrospectives: Book Exploration (Part 1) and (Part 2)
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue their discussion of Norman Kerth’s book Project Retrospectives. In this episode, they dive deep into chapters 6, 7, and 8, analyzing some of the exercises and techniques described in the book and the immense value of learning to plan retrospectives for them to be fruitful. They close this conversation by addressing “postmortem” retrospectives and the importance of unpacking a failed project.
Key Takeaways
A Scrum Master must invest in making retrospectives into a much more impactful event for the team.
About facilitating better retrospectives:
The topic’s sensitivity during the retrospective needs to be considered.
The postmortem retrospectives: When a project fails:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth
Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diane Larsen
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to share their continuous learning journey. They have been exploring the book Project Retrospectives written by Norman Kerth, and today, you will listen to them discussing chapters 3 to 5, where they dive deep into the role of Retrospective facilitators. They compare Norm’s guidance against their own experience and reflect how practices presented are still be relevant today as retrospectives are more widely practiced in the industry.
Key Takeaways
There is a conflict between a full contributor on the retrospectives and a facilitator, which is why an external facilitator can be significantly valuable.
Should Managers be in a Project Retrospective?
Managers must be allowed to be present at Retrospectives, but their involvement needs to be regulated.
Engineering retrospectives take time and effort.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Justin Thatil, your host, welcomes Mike Guiler and Anitra Pavka. Today, they address the product discovery phase and some of the challenges the engineering Team usually faces while identifying what they will build and which special skills will be required to perform the task effectively. Also in this episode, they explore interviewing techniques and usability testing.
Key Takeaways
Open-ended questions are ideal for promoting a deep conversation.
Fall in love with solving the problem and avoid fixating on a particular solution.
Put an effort into understanding the underlying motivations to solve a particular problem.
The organizational culture needs to promote the Discovery and Delivery Teams to talk to the customer and get feedback.
Encourage small experiments that try to address a problem from a different perspective and use a different tool to solve it. If the experiment is successful, the new approach could be applied to other matters.
Usability testing:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or on X (Formerly Twitter) @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to discuss the journey of a Project Manager shifting to fill the Scrum Master accountability. This episode mainly focuses on those Scrum Masters who are newer to this accountability and have a Project Management background. In this episode, they explore what happens when a Project Manager is assigned Scrum Master’s accountabilities which can develop differently depending on the person’s expertise and ability to learn and embrace Agile principles.
Listen to this episode to learn about the main aspects of a successful transformation.
Key Takeaways
It is often easier to have current staff learn a new way of delivering value.
A plan must be set in order to manage expectations between the development Team and stakeholders.
How do we create more and better channels of communication with stakeholders?
Project Managers often see success as being on time and on budget.
As a Scrum Master, being on time and on budget is not enough; the most important thing is delivering the business outcome.
Status reporting is another area where PMs must work in transitioning to Scrum Masters.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Inspired: How to Create Tech Products Customers Love (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by their colleague, Mike Guiler. In this episode, they explore how a Product Manager shifts from just management to leadership and how this transformation influences the role. Dan, Justin, and Mike discuss tools and strategies, including OKRs, Story Mapping, and Hackathons, among others.
Key Takeaways
It takes more than one individual to effectively perform the discovery function. It's a Team effort (Product Designer, Product Owner, and a Technical member).
Discovery and design sessions are opportunities for Teams to unlock the art of the possible.
A Product Manager sets an objective for the Team and allows them to work autonomously toward reaching it.
Story Mapping: A Product Manager’s ally on the journey to product discovery.
There is tremendous value in having the Team involved in Story Mapping and, as a result, immersed in and knowledgeable about the problem at hand.
Hackathons are a great way to keep a Team motivated.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Fall in Love with the Problem, Not the Solution: A Handbook for Entrepreneurs, by Uri Levine
Inspired: How to Create Tech Products Customers Love (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue the conversation that started in the last episode, where it was discussed how organizations can support their Managers. This time, they explore how Managers can help their Teams to shift to a more Agile approach.
In today’s episode, Mike, Justin, and Dan dive deep into the reasons managers must be prepared to accompany their people in changing to Agile, sharing information, and asking the right questions to ensure the Team’s involvement.
Key Takeaways
A Manager must be willing to share information as well as show curiosity about his Team’s points of view about the Organization and its objectives.
A Manager needs to support and empower Teams.
A Manager fosters communication and connectivity among all levels of the organization.
Clarifying the roles, responsibilities, and what it means to be successful is a crucial part of a Manager’s obligations.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to explore how organizations can better support their managers. In this episode, they discuss two adoption patterns, the grassroots and the top-down approach, and the distinction between being a Manager and a Leader.
Key Takeaways
The top-down approach begins with the boss.
If an Agile Team is self-managing: What does a Manager do?
A Manager needs to work his way to becoming a Leader and less about assigning tasks to Team members. A leader’s work should come from a mentorship place, sharing his knowledge and experience for the Team to explore (instead of being told what to do).
An Organization can support a Manager embracing Leadership and becoming a servant leader.
While the Team is busy executing the hypothesis, the Leader is thinking about the next step.
The Alignment of OKRs is vital for an Organization.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Who Moved My Cheese?, by Spencer Johnson
What Got You Here Won’t Get You There, by Marshall Goldsmith and Mark Reiter
Team of Teams, by General Stanley McChrystal
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by an external guest: Seth Maust, President and Founder of Five Star Life, an organization that aims to change perceptions of education, sports, and culture. Seth began 20 years ago researching why so many children were dropping out of school because they did not value education and ultimately did not value themselves. Five Star Life focuses on dismantling this root issue by ingraining a different curriculum they created that guides students in developing successful mindsets.
Key Takeaways
A successful life begins with the right mindset.
Create new habits.
The application of the learned knowledge is fundamental.
Students learn to handle conflict the right way.
Choose your hard! Ignoring conflict is hard, and confronting conflict is too.
Motivation is the result of vision.
First, you must create a vision and then goals, but most of all, you must truly believe it will happen. When you attach emotion to an image, belief is born.
Everything you are now is the result of subconscious programming.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Justin Thatil, is joined by three of his colleagues, Mike Guiler, Jim Beale, and Mariano Oliveti.
In this episode, they explore the topic of accountability in Agile Teams and organizations. These four Agilists share their insights and experience on the role of accountability while explaining the value of tools such as OKRs and KPIs and the influence of a true leader in encouraging Teams by involving them in the whole process, trusting them, and enabling them to be self-directed and reliant.
Key Takeaways
KPIs are key performance indicators that also contribute to keeping accountability. KPIs measure a team's performance to ensure they are on track to meet their project objectives.
Leaders encourage accountability in Teams.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez to discuss DevOps, mainly how it contributes to creating safety and providing feedback during an Agile product journey.
In this episode, they share their knowledge about how DevOps eases the work and ensures value delivery. Listen to this conversation among Agilists for actionable suggestions and amazing real-life examples of Agile Teams benefiting from DevOps.
Key Takeaways
DevOps is a real time saver.
Opportunities that DevOps gives:
DevOps is also a way to find what is wrong even before the customer does.
Starting with DevOps is free.
Mentioned in this Episode:
ACF Coaching Certification
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Anitra Pavka, an Agile Coach with vast experience in product ownership and management. In this episode, Anitra discusses the value of prioritizing people in the software development journey and shares ways and strategies to communicate more efficiently among the Team and with users. She also outlines different approaches to engaging better with users to minimize risks and maximize time use.
Key Takeaways
Be aware of who you are building a system for.
Capture users as a persona with a set of behaviors, goals, and motivations.
The whole Team contributes to the conversation.
Ways to engage with end users:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Mariano Oliveti joined Dan Neumann to discuss the importance of continuous learning and growth as an Agile Coach
In this episode, Mariano shares his experience growing as a Coach. Listen to this conversation where Mariano and Dan dive deep into the steps of this incremental journey, which begins with awareness, followed by proficiency, to achieve mastery later.
Key Takeaways
At the beginning of your learning process, ask yourself: How do you intake and process information? What is your learning style?
The second step is to find the topics that best resonate with you.
To be an Agile Coach, you must perform specific skills at different levels, such as teaching, mentoring, facilitating, or coaching.
There are complementary skills that can help you along the journey to becoming an Agile Coach.
Be aware of your strengths and your opportunities.
How can you be intentional about your learning?
Listening internally to how you react to the events around you and finding opportunities to grow.
Leaning is a journey, be patient with yourself and respect your process.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 8 Stances of a Scrum Master
ACF Coaching Certification
DevOps Handbook
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by two external guests for Kanban University: Joey Spooner, Vice President for Community Development and Product Management, and Todd Little, Chairman of Kanban University.
In this episode, experts from Kanban University join the podcast to share their expertise with the audience. Listen to this conversation and learn about the trajectory of Kanban University and its fantastic community. Also, they dive into a profound exploration of what Kanban Methodology really is and how it can improve what you are already doing.
Key Takeaways
A fundamental principle of the Kanban Methodology is to Start with what you do now. If you have started with Scrum, you can improve it with Kanban. Kanban is fundamentally an approach to improving your process framework; it isn’t a framework itself.
The Kanban Method vs. the Lean Manufacturing:
Kanban tries to understand knowledge work and its behaviors while still representing the workflow.
How does Kanban manage the predictability challenge while doing complex work?
An approach to predictability: Do more and better estimates.
Advice for Scrum Practitioners starting to use Kanban:
Find first what your struggle is at the moment and see how Kanban can help with it.
Learn to manage resistance to change and get accustomed to constant evolutionary change.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by an external guest, James D Murphy, a United States Air Force Veteran, F15 Fighter, and instructed pilot. James founded a company called Afterburner Inc. and is now the CEO of Afterburner Capital; he wrote seven books and is an expert on the Agile Delivery Framework.
In this episode, they discuss the concept of flawless execution, meaning an execution that is as impeccable as possible (nothing is perfect!). James shares how he combined his military training with his work as an entrepreneur and expert in the Agile framework.
Key Takeaways
The Team needs to be involved in every step of the process.
The key to flawless execution is to have a common language to get work done.
Building a safe culture takes time.
Flawless execution needs a systematic approach.
Learn More:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil, your hosts, are joined by Erica Menendez and Mariano Oliveti to discuss what it takes to deliver high-quality Agile Projects.
In this episode, they dive deep into what a successful Agile project looks like and describe the necessary steps to be taken in order to reach it.
Key Takeaways
Deeply understand the real needs of your users and meet those
Adopting Agility can increase employee satisfaction
Fear of criticism and resistance to feedback are barriers to address.
Working in an Agile way allows more predictability.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Coaching Trading Alliance: Life Coach Training and Certification
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Erik Lindgren to discuss the concepts of MVP (Minimum Viable Product) and MMP (Minimum Marketable Product) and the differences between them.
In this episode, they explore an example of a successful brand that started the simplest way possible and became a multimillion-dollar success a decade later!
Key Takeaways
It is crucial to shift from an existing platform to a new one with the minimum risk possible.
What is the difference between MVP and MMP?
MMP: What is something that the market will really adopt broadly?
There is a considerable risk in taking the Big Bang approach to a project.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Watch Flamin’Hot Documentary
Scrum@Scale Framework
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Rich Hundhausen for the second part of a deep conversation about Nexus. Rich is a software developer, Professional Scrum Trainer, and co-creator of the Nexus Framework for scaling Scrum.
In this episode, they dive deep into how to deliver value in the form of a working integrated increment of product, the role of the Integration Team, and the characteristics of each Nexus Event. They share valuable stories exemplifying how Nexus works for an improved scaling experience.
Key Takeaways
The Integration Team does not do the integration, but it is accountable for it.
Integration can mean lots of different things.
Integration means solving any kind of dependency.
The Nexus Integration Team does not have to meet daily but only when required.
Everyone on the Integration Nexus Team has a daily job on the Scrum Teams and/or is the Product Owner, so when something does not go as planned, they bring it to the attention of the Integration Team when possible.
The Nexus Events:
The Last Event: The Nexus Sprint Retrospective. This event is an opportunity for the Scrum Team to inspect and adapt how they work, first through a pre-meeting with the representatives, then Teams have their individual retrospectives, and after, representatives meet again to make transparent any new experiments or improvements so the bottom-up intelligence can then be shared with the other Teams.
There are around 60 complementary practices to Nexus (but none are new).
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Nexus Guide
Listen to “Continuous Learning: Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training with Patricia Kong” and “The Nexus Framework for Scaling Scrum with the Scrum.org Team”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your hosts, Dan Neumann, and Justin Thatil, welcome an external guest, Rich Hundhausen, software developer, Professional Scrum Trainer, and co-creator of the Nexus Framewokr for scaling Scrum. This episode is the first of two parts, in which they discuss the features of Nexus and when and how to implement it.
Listen to this episode for a description of Nexus, how it started, and why it was developed. Rich, Dan, and Justin also dive deep into the definition of scaling, what is considered done, and the Nexus goal. Stay tuned for part two!
Key Takeaways
Rich started working with Ken Schwaber, co-creator of Scrum, in 2009. Together, they created Scrum.org, “The home of professionals.” They later became interested in Scaling according to the Scale Agile framework.
Are you really in a situation where you need to scale?
Rule number one when scaling is “Don’t.” Let your Team tackle the problems first. Always start small and add as needed.
What is Scaling?
The number one reason to build Nexus was for dependencies on different areas (not only technical). Refinement has been a proof practice at single-team Scrum, and at Nexus, it has become a required event called Cross Team Refinement.
What is the definition of Done?
Mentioned in this Episode:
“Shu, Ha, Ri” Episode of The Agile Coaches Corner.
Dan Pink’s books and TedTalks
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Erik Lindgren to discuss scope creep, a term that everyone working in software development knows well. The expression refers to adding further features or functions of a new product, requirements, or work that is not authorized.
In this episode, they dive deep into the challenge of managing timelines and budgets and how frequently a Team can find itself off-track, which is undoubtedly an uncomfortable position. Erik, Dan, and Justin discuss the importance of prioritizing properly, including possible improvements and requirements. Scope creep can be a learning opportunity waiting to be embraced by the Team!
Key Takeaways
What is the most valuable idea to be implemented now? The fact that some ideas are not prioritized at a particular moment does not mean they won’t ever happen; they can take place at a different time.
Keeping open communication with stakeholders can sometimes be a challenge.
Teams must share vital information with the customer; they can only tell what is essential for them.
The “all or nothing” delivery threatens adequate time and budget management.
Wanting to achieve everything on the backlog and additional items might be unrealistic; something must come out.
Scope creep can be avoided with collaborative delivery. It can be a learning experience for the Team!
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil discuss Agility: How do you know if you truly are in an Agile environment? In this episode, they explore the meaning of Agile and the different features that make this framework unique, including Creativity, Teamwork, Mindset, Continuous Learning, and Psychological Safety.
Key Takeaways
The Scrum framework was designed for complex situations where creativity is necessary since there is no “one right way” to solve a problem.
What does it really mean to be Agile?
Agile is about an actual team working on an actual problem (thinkers and doers are not working separately on finding solutions).
Agile mindset vs a fixed mindset:
By attending their daily Scrum, you can tell if a team is only Agile by name. They always work as a team rather than as individuals doing their jobs.
Alignment! What is really the Team’s approach?
Effectively managing budgets can enable Agility
Continuous improvement:
Encourage ongoing learning
Psychological safety needs to be modeled within the Team, and a context of continuous improvement allows space for speaking up and accepting failures to readjust the course of action.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Justin Thatil is joined by two of his Agile colleagues, Mike Guiler and Mariano Oliveti, to discuss the tiredness and frustration that can sometimes be caused by following the Agile process. Some organizations can even be convinced that Agile did not work for them; how can this wound be healed?
Key Takeaways
Today’s transformations are different from what they were ten years ago.
Benefits of Agile:
Agile is the approach that assists an organization in transforming its culture into a long-lasting, durable one with self-managing teams that achieve the desired outcomes.
Doing Agile vs. Being Agile:
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni
Overcoming the Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Field Guide for Leaders, Managers, and Facilitators, by Patrick Lencioni
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by an external guest called Rich Visotcky, President and Founder of Joint Insights, who is passionate about creating shared understanding. Rich is a Professional Scrum Trainer with Scrum.org.
In this episode, they explore the topic of cultural impact on transformation. We work in and for organizations that include several different cultures; this imposes challenges, resistances, successes, and opportunities to be seized, as well as other strategies to be used for better performance and communication while on the path of transformation.
Key Takeaways
Making changes doesn’t mean losing who we are.
Sometimes, it is necessary to take risks.
The fear of doing something wrong can keep a Team from trying new paths.
Self-management cannot be prioritized at the expense of accountability.
A Team’s success can be found in the balance between self-management, accountability, and well-executed boundaries.
Changes need to be aligned.
Conflict is inherent to the process.
Attributes for a company to be truly Agile:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is talking about a prominent topic: are the times of remote working about to end? Today, he is solo hosting this episode to assist you in navigating this new trend and successfully surviving these changes.
In this episode, Dan discusses hybrid work and the trend of returning to in-person work. He shares some strategies to help Teams thrive in this new work scenario. Things are changing rapidly in this evolving landscape, and several companies require their staff to return to the office; listen to this episode and get some valuable ideas on adapting and succeeding in this ever-changing world.
Key Takeaways
The ability of companies to innovate was hindered by remote work.
Tips to work better in a hybrid environment:
There can be a communication barrier between the in-work and remote workers; more spontaneity occurs in the office. Lacking non-verbal cues of remote communication can affect its effectiveness (video can help, but it is undoubtedly less accurate than in-person communication).
Remote work promotes more isolation, less communication outside of the direct work area, and fewer additions of new members to Teams.
Being onsite increases the opportunity to connect more to people in general, including those not strictly in our areas of expertise.
There is a need to establish explicit Team norms (Make them visible!).
What are your Team’s agreements regarding responding to messages?
Good calendar hygiene is a factor that enables good remote communication.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Business Insider: “The remote work era may be coming to an end — if companies can afford to keep their offices open”
“How Remote Work Affects Our Communication and Collaboration”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Justin Thatil, your host, welcomes Quincy Jordan and Pamela Dukes, Olympic Athlete and Agilist, who engage in a thoughtful conversation regarding how these two areas of expertise intertwine and how the abilities applied to professional sports enhance her role as an Agilist.
In this episode, you will learn about Pamela’s journey as a professional athlete, the lessons learned, and the challenges that brought the knowledge that enriched her experience in the Agile arena.
Key Takeaways
Quincy, who also went through his athlete years, brings two of the most meaningful teachings he obtained from his coach:
All the way through (you don’t stop until you are done).
Run your race (stay away from comparisons).
The Scrum framework mirrors the structure of College Athletics.
At the end of each week, they would do competition drills where performance was tested (which looks like a sprints review) followed by a talk, reflecting on what could be improved (a lot like retrospectives).
Get the lead, keep the lead.
It is easier to do well and keep doing well than getting into a technical or cultural debt and getting out of it.
Empower your Team:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Misi Eyetsemitan. In this episode, they discuss the future of Agile, the advantages and challenges they see, and how far the Agile Methodology has come in the last two decades since its origins when it was created to achieve better and more efficient software development.
Listen to this episode and learn more about where Agile is going.
Key Takeaways
The execution of Agile will remain applicable in the future.
In the future, Agilists will have to revisit the basics of Agile.
Agile requires to have a transformative mindset.
What are some challenges in the future of Agile?
It will depend on the response of the Agilists. Agile is not a one-size-fits-all kind of methodology. The principles of Agile can be applied in various ways to tackle different problems.
Measuring the value an Agile Team delivers is still a challenge.
It is difficult for organizations and Teams to identify the metrics to measure what success looks like.
The future of the diversity of Agile Teams:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about Systemic Coaching
Check the courses offered by the International Federation of Coaches
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and his co-host Justin Thatil are joined by Hal Hogue, who has transitioned from an Agile Coach position to a Managing role and today shares the features of such a shift.
In this episode, Hal discusses his journey from working with managing engineers to becoming one of them. He mentions the particularities of both of these roles, the overlaps between them, and how these positions can work together to advocate for Agility and fast flow.
Key Takeaways
Agile Coaches are change agents, helping organizations avoid becoming stagnant.
The manager role is not defined in the Scrum Guide, but that does not mean it cannot exit.
Managers can help with impediment escalation or performance issues.
The Engineering Manager and Product Owner is a critical relationship, as well as the Manager and Agile Coach or Scrum Master.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow, by Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Justin Thatil, the show's cohost, and Lizmeth Rodriguez. They discuss the topic of how to achieve a seamless Value Flow, one of the SAFe principles, and the general importance of flow in a system. These three expert Agilists also assess the differences between Kanban and SAFe, especially regarding their approach to scaling.
Key Takeaways
Value has to move efficiently from start to finish.
What are the differences between Kanban and SAFe?
SAFe and Kanban approach scaling at Agile differently. SAFe is a framework for large-scale Agile adoption, while Kanban is a more flexible methodology that can be adapted to various contexts and scales.
According to SAFe there are 8 flow accelerators:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about Measuring Flow with Flow Metrics
Actionable Agile Metrics for Predictability: An Introduction, Daniel S. Vacanti
The Heart of Business: Leadership Principles for the Next Era of Capitalism, Hubert Joly
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dive into six rules for managing your product backlog with AgileThought’s Dan Neumann, Justin Thatil, and Mike Cooper. In the episode, Mike Cooper emphasizes the importance of managing expectations in Agile projects. The trio explores the principles of Agile scope management, the value of transparent communication, and the critical role of discipline in Agile success.
Analogy for Setting Expectations:
Mike Cooper emphasizes the importance of setting real expectations at the beginning of a project.
He uses an analogy of buying a dream house but having budget constraints, likening it to building systems with a defined budget and timeframe.
Scope Management:
The concept of making everything transparent in the portfolio, deciding what's in and what's out.
Six rules discussed:
Everything goes in the backlog.
Prioritize with the client or internal stakeholders.
Provide estimates.
Maintain transparency.
Nurture what's not in scope.
Say yes to everything, but place it in the backlog.
Importance of Communication:
Justin Thatil emphasizes that everything they discuss boils down to different methods of communication.
The objective is to know what to build and how to solve the problems they're set to tackle as a team.
Reminders for Development Teams:
Mike Cooper reiterates the importance of including everything in the backlog.
Teams often want to be accommodating, but they need to do so within the framework of the backlog.
Cost and Context Switching:
Mike Cooper talks about the cost of small adjustments and changes.
The accumulation of tiny tasks over time can lead to significant workloads and stressed teams.
Discipline in Agile:
Mike Cooper and Dan Neumann discuss the misconception that agile means a lack of discipline.
They stress that agile requires discipline and that "lazy agile" can be problematic.
Continuous Learning:
Mike Cooper shares his current read, "A Culture Map" by Erin Meyer, recommended by his boss.
The book delves into understanding cultural differences, especially for those working across borders.
Dive into the intricacies of empowering teams with Justin Thatil, Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez. They unravel the ties between trust, psychological safety, and the overarching impact on organizational morale and performance.
Major Discussion Points:
Analogies & Metaphors in Team Dynamics
Trust in Teams
Rules, Guardrails, & Accountability
Concept of Experimentation
Journey of Empowerment
Mentioned in this Episode:
Failing Well with Dr. Amy Edmondson
Listen to Mariano, Erica and Justin in a recent episode! Podcast Ep 249. Coaching vs. Mastering the Details with Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Share These Tweets!
“Self-Accountability begins with Self Awareness” — Mariano Oliveti
“Empowerment through trust and autonomy takes time” – Erica Menendez
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Erica Menendez and Phillip Lisenba to explore the Product Owner’s accountabilities, especially when they are filled by a highly technical professional, and how this can impact the Team’s work in positive and negative ways. They share their own Agile experiences dealing with mature Product Owners and what the Agile and the Scrum framework proposes for these cases.
Key Takeaways
The Product Owner has to be able to transfer some of their knowledge to the Team since they won’t always be there to help them.
The Scrum Guide remarks that the Product Owner is the “what” person, and the Team is the “how.”
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Podcast Ep 197. Approaching Vacations with an Agile Perspective
Get SAFe certified!
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Mike Dionne to discuss the topic of Agile assessments. Let’s assume it: No one likes to be assessed since it tends to feel deeply uncomfortable. In this episode, these three colleagues discuss the meaning of an assessment, its purpose (that changes according to different environments), and how to conduct assessments following the Agile methodology.
Key Takeaways
Remember that data can be changed and looked at in many different ways (what could be a problem).
The Assessments at the Scrum Master level are meant to evaluate the current state of a Team.
As a result of the assessment, the Scrum Master becomes better informed in his or her role.
How is the Team performing?
Velocity is only suitable for predicting how long it can take to finish a group of backlog items.
Start with the Team’s identity and move to the things that improve the Team’s performance to reach the goal you had set. After that, find what you want to improve next. Repeat this process once a quarter.
The Team needs to be willing to participate in the assessment. If the Team feels the measurement is unnecessary or useless, the assessment won’t be used as a tool for improvement, and this metric won’t have the value that it was expected to have.
Assessments also exist for organizations.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Check this episode: “Jorgen Hesselberg on Data-Driven Continuous Improvement”.
The Tools: 5 Tools to Help You Find Courage, Creativity, and Willpower — and Inspire You to Live Life in Forward Motion, by Phil Stutz and Barry Michels
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, Justin Thatil, and Erica Menendez to discuss the particularities of the Business Analyst role in a Scrum Team.
In this episode, they explore the valuable role of a Business Analyst and the crucial role of effective communication among Team members to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of a Scrum Team.
Key Takeaways
The Business Analyst can be considered as one of the Developers on the team.
Sometimes, the BA fills some of the Product Owner’s accountabilities regarding the backlog.
Having clarity and alignment about the product goal and the sprint goal is fundamental.
Developers, Product owners, and Team members working together need structure and boundaries for everyone to accomplish their goals and responsibilities.
Keep the goodwill! Maintain the culture of communication; you never know when you will have to call up somebody for a favor.
Take advantage of refinement sessions with the developers to confirm what needs to be changed (as opposed to researching it yourself). Documenting everything is, most of the time, not necessary. It is only necessary to record some stories and some product backlog lines specifically for each goal.
Mentioned in this Episode:
SAFe: Scale Agile Framework Certification
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and host of today’s conversation, Justin Thatil; Justin welcomes Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez to discuss a recurrent topic: Coaching versus Mastering the Details.
This episode addresses the complexities of coaching, especially considering the different maturity levels and even diverse areas of expertise within a Team. They also dive deep into the matter of a Scrum Master’s expertise, debating whether or not it is a requirement to perform the role better.
Key Takeaways
Coaching will depend on the maturity of the Team and even in which areas each Team shows more maturity than others.
Does the Scrum Master need to understand every single detail of the work the Team is doing? Certainly not, but it can help!
The Scrum Master must ensure the Team knows its purpose and how to reach it.
A Scrum Master is not defined by their technical background.
A Scrum Master needs to know the details regarding the Agile Methodology but learns with each new client the aspects of that particular business, process, tools, and overall product.
A Scrum Master encourages a continuous education mindset within the Team.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Scrum Guide
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague, Justin Thatil, who hosts today’s episode. Justin is joined by Quincy Jordan and Phillip Lisenba to discuss Executive Coaching. In this episode, they address Executive coaching, its differences and similarities with regular coaching, how it is done, and how it can be encouraged. Listen to this episode, which contains actionable tips for your Agile practice!
Key Takeaways
An Executive coach must be adaptable and agile when encountering an opportunity to help the Team and become a better partner and friend to them.
The mindset of the CEO directly influences the work of an Executive Coach.
An Executive Coach should try to help the Team out quickly.
Goal setting: How to set a vision to lead the Team toward:
Without a vision, people will feel scattered.
A Team led by an Executive Coach is a place where tough conversations are welcomed.
Nurturing a positive and healthy culture makes a great contribution to creating a psychologically safe space for a Team to grow.
An Executive Coach should invite the Team to give him feedback about the areas where he needs to improve.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, your host is Justin Thatil, and he is joined by Michael Guiler and Jim Beale to answer one of the listeners’ questions: What does “good” look like for a Team during a sprint planning, a sprint, a PBI, or a backlog?
In this episode, Justin, Michael, and Jim share functional tips and great examples of what is considered good (and bad) in different crucial Agile moments.
Key Takeaways
Separate some time to look ahead; a fair estimation is needed.
What does a “bad” sprint planning look like?
PBIs are written by the product owner. Or business analyst outside of the Team (working in isolation).
What does a “good” daily scrum look like?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan Neumann welcomes Justin Thatil and Mike Guiler to today’s conversation.
This week, they are discussing estimation and sizing in an Agile environment. Both estimation and sizing are essential for Agile teams to plan their work, manage expectations, and adapt to changes in a flexible manner. They promote a collaborative approach to understanding the work ahead, fostering team communication, and enabling the team to provide more accurate forecasts without the rigid limitations of fixed time-based estimates. Listen to this episode for actionable tips and examples of how to best estimate and size for the best interest of Organizations and Teams.
Key Takeaways
Removing the contingencies does not make the estimation better.
The key to estimating is taking a project, breaking it down into details, estimating the number of hours, and adding them up.
Remember there is a Team working on that project; you can’t take only one member’s speed or ability under consideration, but the idea is to consider the issues the whole Team could confront.
The estimate process needs to be leveled up.
Human ability to compare can only be achieved accurately when it is done among two known things.
Can story points be represented by hours?
A Team’s data can be normalized to take care of the next estimation.
Example: I am a product owner, how do I determine the cost of a featured leveled backlog? I have to identify a real value.
Ask: How much do you want to spend and how quickly do you want to move?
Hours: Are they useful for estimation or, on the contrary, are they misleading?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Story Points — a mathematical perspective, Salman Ali Banani
Intuitive prediction biases and corrective procedures
Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Justin Thatil to talk about what good Scrum Masters do when an Agile Team reaches maturity.
In this episode, they discuss the features of the Emergent Collaboration Maturity Model, its stages, and how this relates to the role of the Scrum Master as a leader, facilitator, coach, manager, mentor, teacher, and change agent. A Scrum Master fills many roles; join Dan and Justin in this discussion to explore the benefits of having a Scrum Master and the risks of not having one.
Key Takeaways
Scrum Teams become self-managing Teams; they are always encouraged to experiment.
Emergent Collaboration Maturity Model:
Justin shares the example of Patagonia.
What is the value of having a Scrum Master in an Organization?
The eight stances of a Scrum Master: servant-leader, facilitator, coach, manager, mentor, teacher, impediment remover, and change agent.
A Mature Team is a high-performance Team.
A mature Team has reasonable forecasts and manages stakeholders’ expectations.
Organizations are constantly experiencing changes and transformations.
A Scrum Master can be working with a Team for an amount of time and during that period, many changes take place; the number of the Team’s members, the product, and the challenges that the Team faces, all of these can change. A mature Team takes on the task/challenge that is presented, and evolves and changes in order to find solutions.
The Scrum Master’s accountability needs to be defined clearly.
It is a serious misunderstanding to believe that if a Scrum Master is really good he can take multiple Agile Teams.
What is a Scrum Master’s career path?
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 8 Stances of a Scrum Master
Quality over Quantity: Squirrel Burgers
Learn more about Jacob Morgan
The Female Brain, by Dr. Louann Brizendine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague, Phillip Lisenba. In this episode, they explore the value that a Scrum Master can provide. Often, organizations reach a moment in their transformation when they question whether or not a Scrum Master is needed and how significant their role is. Listen to Dan and Phillip diving deep into the heart of the role of a Scrum Master and how it is essential for an organization’s success.
Key Takeaways
The Scrum Master role also reminds the Team that they are all together, not about pointing fingers but solving problems together.
Servant Leadership:
A Scrum Master must know how to influence the Team while serving them.
A Scrum Master finds ways to improve continuously.
A Scrum Master needs to know the Team’s needs: What does the Team need? More ownership? More Process?
How do we know if the Team is actually improving?
A Scrum Master should ask himself: Are we getting a good return on the investment? Are we getting increments of value?
The importance of conducting a Sprint Review:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Renew your certification at Scrum.org
OKR Institute
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Christine Bush, an experienced Agile consultant, sharing how she got where she is on her Agile journey.
This episode is dedicated to those who might be new in the Agility field and are looking for guidance and inspiration to persist in moving forward on this continuous learning journey that the enables Agility. Listen to Christine’s testimony about a Special Education Teacher and Agile expert, who applies and combines her training to assist organizations following Agile principles.
Key Takeaways
These skills are helpful now in Agile, while she helps clients achieve their particular goals.
The reasons Christine turned her attention to a technology-related field:
During her time in special education, she researched, learned, and taught others about brand-new computer software.
Christine started working for a Software Company.
Willing to try on different roles
What overlaps did Christine see between special education and a more technology-oriented environment?
The common points among these fields were:
Implemented robust frameworks.
Research-based studies are in both fields’ foundations.
Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.
Problem-solving in general.
Collaboration and communication.
Coaching a Team.
How is coaching similar in Special education and the Agile methodology?
Mentioned in this Episode:
PAL (Professional Agile Leadership)
Blooms Taxonomy
Turn the Ship Around! - David Marquet
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jamie Christoforou, Vice President of Portfolio Management at American Express.
In this episode, Jamie discusses her career, how she became Vice President of Portfolio Management, and how the company leaned toward an Agile methodology at the beginning of its digital transformation. Portfolios don’t stop; they are, by nature, the continuous flow of an organization. Jamie and Dan explore how an organization such as American Express underwent an Agile transformation emphasizing outcome and delivered value by bringing teams together and accelerating strategic alignments.
Key Takeaways
The focus started to be the outcome that was tried to be achieved.
Bringing everyone together!
Stakeholders, product teams, and engineers came together in consistent forums. These forums were needed to understand what they were building, why they were doing it, and what was the outcome they were expecting.
What does it look like to manage a portfolio in a more Agile way?
Dependency is Agility’s nemesis.
Find the right time to start upfront planning. It is important not to start too soon or too late.
Keep the focus on the outcome.
SAFe and program increments:
The SAFe model helps adapt and shift faster when new things occur.
Experimentation at a portfolio level:
Teams work to drive efficiency, optimization, and the right goals for customers.
What would Jamie wish she could have done differently?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Building For Everyone: Expand Your Market With Design Practices From Google’s Product Inclusion Team, by Annie Jean-Baptise
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil to discuss the connection between the popular series that just came to an end called Ted Lasso, and Agile Coaching. In this episode, Dan and Justin dive deep into Ted Lasso’s messages which are filled with wisdom. They analyze the many parallels that can be found in the main character’s approach to bring about change. His humorous ways of connecting with others amongst his many other tactics are certainly good examples that Agile Coaches can model after. (FYI: Relax! There are no spoilers contained in this episode!)
Key Takeaways
An Agile Coach has to move forward even in conditions of uncertainty.
The end goal needs to be clearly defined.
What does it mean for an organization to “be Agile”? What does success look like under Agile principles?
Effective vs. Efficient:
Be willing to experiment; sticking too much to your expertise could prevent your Team from moving forward.
Achieve Engagement:
“You don’t have to be best friends to be good Teammates.”
Creating a safe environment:
Ted starts with the “suggestion box.” Sometimes it is easier to speak our minds anonymously.
Check for alignment:
An Agile coach needs to make sure that she/he is in alignment with what the Team also considers a priority.
Innovators, early adaptors, and laggers:
There is a need for early victories, celebrating those small wins is valuable in order to achieve the overall goal.
Believe!
You have to believe things can happen, things can change!
Have a 10-second memory like Goldfish: Let go! Don’t let your emotions take over.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi Kalala to discuss Agile teams and the fundamental agreements that help to build a strong foundation. In this episode, Dan and Buyi talk about teams, how they operate, how they conduct themselves, and how they achieve consensus about the ultimate goal for the team. Listen to this episode and find a discussion on the Team working Agreement and the value of having a definition of ready and a definition of done.
Key Takeaways
The Working Agreement should evolve over time.
What is the definition of ready?
Revise your Team’s definition of ready as needed.
Definition of Done:
Characteristics of a Definition of Done applies broadly
What is done and what isn’t? New teams sometimes avoid drawing the line. Remember that 80% done isn’t done.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes to explore the ways in that Rolling Wave Planning can help organizations in their Agile journey. In this episode, Dan and Eric explore the meaning of rolling wave planning and how it can help you respond to changes when delivering projects with high amounts of uncertainty.
Key Takeaways
Rolling wave planning involves looking into the future where everyone can see the plan and how it is adjusting.
Rolling Wave Planning and its connection to stakeholder management:
A programmed increment mechanism is similar to rolling wave planning.
Getting started with a Rolling Wave:
It is essential not to over-plan for the future; there are many aspects you are not going to be able to predict.
Making sure you don’t get lost in the Rolling Wave:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Extreme Ownership: How U.S. Navy Seals Lead and Win, by Jocko Willink
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Description:
This week, Dan Neumann shares the most downloaded episode from the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast called What is Agile? where Sam Falco and Dan unpack the true meaning of Agile. You can’t miss it!
Key Takeaways:
Because every problem is unique with software development.
In the Harvard Business Review in 1986, an article was published titled “The New New Development Game” that outlined the need for a new way of working where teams could be given objectives instead of tasks, and they work together as a unit to accomplish their work.
“Agile wasn’t: ‘Let’s get together and think about a new way of doing things.’ It was: … ‘Hey, we’re doing some things. It seems to be getting better results than the industry as a whole. What are we doing that’s common across the different methods?’” — Dan Neumann
What is the Agile Manifesto?
If you ask if something is Agile, you can reference the manifesto’s values and principles.
What is Agile?
It is the ability to respond to change and demand deliberately, not just react.
Controlling risk:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Extreme Ownership: How U.S. Navy SEALs Lead and Win, by Jocko Willink
The New New Product Development Game, by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)
Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith
The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless
LiberatingStructures.com
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Misi Eyetsemitan to address the topic of Portfolio Management in an Agile ecosystem.
In this episode, they discuss Agile Portfolio Management as a dynamic approach that enables organizations to effectively manage and prioritize their projects, initiatives, and investments. Dan and Misi explore how Agile Portfolio Management embraces flexibility, adaptability, and continuous learning. This transformative approach empowers teams to respond quickly to changing market demands, seize opportunities, and deliver value incrementally. In this rapidly evolving business landscape, Agile Portfolio Management is a vital framework for organizations seeking to navigate complexity, drive innovation, and achieve sustainable success; listen to today’s episode and learn more about its implementation, benefits, factors, components, and even its challenges.
Key Takeaways
In the hands of the customer, everything cannot represent the same value.
Shifting from a project mindset to a product mindset.
Agile Portfolio Management is a Team Sport; it pertains to all the organization.
Agile Portfolio Management is a good platform for business Agility.
It is very useful to leverage insights from the market, the customer, and those executing the development.
Factors that need to be considered when making decisions in terms of what is most valuable:
What needs to be prioritized? What are our: Must haves, Could Haves, and Should haves?
What are the components of Portfolio Management?
Consistent communication and partnership, everyone needs to understand the “whys.”
How to get started in Portfolio Management:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Portfolio Management, by Jochen Krebs
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by one of the Principal Consultants at Agile Thought: Eric Landes. Training often appears as spending hours sitting behind a computer screen or in a classroom, absorbing information. However, Immersive Programs present a radically different approach.
In this episode, Dan and Eric delve into the key characteristics of an Immersion Program. They draw a comparison with a more conventional method, listing the advantages of this innovative and engaging approach that becomes a great means to maintaining alive a continuous learning process.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum.org
Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote-Work Pioneers, by Liam Martin and Rob Rawson
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is joined by Christine Bush. In this episode, Dan and Christine embark on an insightful exploration of Disciplined Agile, a domain in which Christine is certified. They unravel some of the intricacies of Disciplined Agile, addressing its profound impact on organizations.
Throughout the episode, you’ll gain a general understanding of what Disciplined Agile is, learn more about the six distinct life cycles that define this approach, and discover how they contribute to organizational growth and success. Tune in to today’s show and gain valuable insights that will guide your organization on its journey towards continuous improvement and enable you to navigate the ever-evolving landscape of Disciplined Agile.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Find more about Disciplined Agile at Project Management Institute
Learn about DAC Certification (Disciplined Agile Coach)
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Justin Thatil to explore POWER Start, a great strategy to help you plan, structure, and run your meetings effectively.
In this episode, Dan and Justin dive deep into the structure of POWER Start and the fantastic benefits that result from using it as the most effective tool to make meetings productive and, even sometimes, the way of knowing when an event needs to be canceled.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 5 AM Club: Own Your Morning. Elevate Your Life, by Robin Sharma
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Ola Tunde joins Dan Neumann to explore the innovations on SAFe, which just launched the 6.0 version.
In this episode, they talk about the new features of SAFe 6.0, including new strategic themes. Dan and Ola Tunde dive deep into the benefits and advancements this latest version of SAFe offers Teams and Organizations.
Key Takeaways
Strategic Themes that SAFe presents:
How does machine learning fit into SAFe 6.0?
SAFe 6.0 gives exposure to AI.
SAFe 6.0 focuses on measurements on every level before scaling.
Velocity is not what we should measure.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Become a Professional Scrum Trainer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Mike Guiler to discuss the benefits of Agility, including employee satisfaction, predictable delivery, and speed to market among others.
Key Takeaways:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Accelerate: The Science of Lean Software and DevOps: Building and Scaling High Performing Technology Organizations, by Nicole Forsgren Ph.D., Jez Humble, and Gene Kim
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is handing his role as a host to Buyi Kalala and Mike Guiler, who are leading today’s episode. Gerardo DeLaFuente and Eric Lindgren join them to discuss information radiators for leadership.
In this episode, they explore how information radiators influence a Team’s performance and the delivery of value when going from one engagement to the next. They also dive deep into the benefits and challenges of using these tools and list which tools are best, to begin with.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Check articles in Scrum Alliance and Scrum.org.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi Kalala to talk about the Scrum Master role and the misconceptions associated with it.
In this episode, Dan and Buyi address the personality types that seem more effective/successful in the Scrum Master role.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Become a Professional Scrum.org Trainer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Mike Guiler to talk about Teams. Dan and Mike explore the four types of Team topologies and the three different types of interactions among them. They also dive deep into how to design effective Teams and how to help them grow so they can move at the speed of the customer.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow, by Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais
“What is a Thinnest Viable Platform (TVP)?”
User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton and Peter Economy
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses the challenge of doing Continuous Delivery on a Scrum team. Many teams and organizations struggle with Continuous Delivery, and some think that in a Sprint there can be only one release. Or, they struggle with getting their Increment good enough to be “potentially shippable.” What’s a Scrum Team to do?
Check out our public Scrum training courses if you want to attend Scrum training.
Key Takeaways:
The 2020 Scrum Guide talks about Scrum teams creating multiple increments within one Sprint. Now the Scrum Guide is encouraging frequent releases. Which makes my DevOps-focused heart sing!
What does this mean to your teams? In my opinion, aiming to deliver to production frequently helps your team focus on quality. The Scrum Guide does not specifically say to release to your customer. Potentially shippable is the term, but I encourage teams to aim for customer feedback through frequently releasing to production! If the team makes releasing to Production part of their DoD, they need to figure out what that means in their organization. How do they ensure high quality and safety for the product before it gets to the customer?
For software teams, this would include thinking of automated testing and automated deployments. Teams that adopt these practices include that work when decomposing PBIs into your Sprint plan. This thinking helps the team focus on how they can automate other requirements to meet organization standards and remove bottlenecks to production deployments. For instance, if your organization has compliance policies, your team may be able to automate compliance verification. This can be done using third-party tools, or your team can customize the automation necessary for compliance verification.
Discuss these options within your team. Help team members think outside the box for solutions. For organizations that have gates in place, like a change advisory board (CAB), talk through options that meet the requirements. For example, your CAB requires a list of new features that are being deployed. Use release automation to automatically create release notes and notify CAB members of the notes.
Most of the time, teams object to continuous delivery based on organizational impediments, not technical ones! Keep this in mind as you encourage your Scrum team to self-manage obstacles. Show others in the organization better ways to ensure the quality and safety organizations strive for in production.
Use PBIs to experiment with team members' ideas. As the Product Owner orders an experiment in the backlog and brings it into the Sprint, teams measure the experiment's impact toward continuous delivery. Continue to use the framework to your advantage to achieve Continuous Delivery. This is doable, teams, don't be afraid to use Scrum and Experiment toward Continuous Delivery!
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and friend, Adam Ulery, to talk about product backlogs.
In this episode, Dan and Adam explore the recent patterns showing interesting ways of using Agile terms, as it is an example nowadays that people call product backlogs the source of requirements for the Team, they discuss today the challenges that may arise as a result of this misinterpretation.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Art of Prayer, Kenneth E. Hagin
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan. In this episode, Dan and Quincy discuss the current state of events for the Agile movement, they dive into an insightful discussion about what Agility really means and what the key elements are that make a sustainable transformation to Agile. Quincy and Dan share how Agile works when an organization is true to its principles, follows its manifesto, and embraces its mindset.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching for Performance: The Principles and Practice of Coaching and Leadership, by Sir John Whitmore
The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of The Learning Organization, by Peter Senge
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week’s Trainer Talk is with Olatunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). A student asked about the importance of psychological safety in a scaled agile environment.
If you are interested in attending a training class, please view a list of our public SAFe training classes.
Key Takeaways
So, someone asked me recently, “why do you believe in psychological safety? Why is it important when you're working in an enterprise and have teams of teams?”
My answer is a simple one. Anytime you cannot bring yourself to work and be part of the team, you don't belong in that organization. Anytime your words are not valued, or your feedback is devalued, you have outgrown the organization. The organization might be operating in its winter season while you are operating in your summer season. Or, you might be in the winter season, and the organization is operating in the summer season. Did you get my gist?
Psychological safety means the ability for me to bring myself to work and add value to the organization as the organization adds value to my life. Without psychological safety, there's no trust. Without sociological safety, there's no passion. When you lose passion for what you do, when you lose passion for where you are, it means the organization does not have safety dealing with you. And, you as well don't have the safety to deal with the organization.
However, when you have psychological safety, the passion it brings with it brings innovation. Innovation brings new ideas. Where there are new ideas, it brings growth. Where there is growth, you bring multiple clients.
Psychological safety is important when you're working in an enterprise. When you come to any of my SAFe training, I always take half a day, maybe three hours, to talk about the importance of psychological safety, respect for people, and respect for cultures.
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current Agile Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Mike Guiler
In this episode, they answer a listener's question about how they might approach joining a new company. Times of change are exciting and create new possibilities. The next question is: "how might I approach it?"
Mentioned in this Episode:
Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses the challenge of getting team members who are inclined to be quiet, reserved, or “introverted” to collaborate for the betterment of the team and the product.
Check out our public Scrum training courses if you want to attend Scrum training.
Key Takeaways:
In the software development world, you may have noticed that many coders tend to be more introverted. If your Scrum team includes many of these personality types, your Scrum events might be quiet.
The Scrum guide does not specifically have anything to say about personality types in the Developer accountability. However, it does say - "The specific skills needed by the Developers are often broad … Developers are always accountable for:
The fact that developers are accountable for the Sprint plan, and quality speaks to the need for good collaboration. Also, adapting the plan means teammates must speak up when something changes. I believe that good collaboration is needed in Scrum, so I recommend that Scrum masters help self-organizing teams ensure that all voices are heard.
If you have an introverted team, here are some suggestions for helping team members' voices be heard. Use anonymous methods. For instance, have team members use whiteboards to place post-it notes on a board, then read through them. Virtually this could be using a Miro board for a retrospective. Give team members a fixed time to post their notes, then ask for feedback and explanations when needed.
This helps voices be heard, even when they refuse to speak to their own notes. Another method is to have a one-on-one with all team members on a regular basis. Make sure to bring up any items mentioned in the one-on-one in an anonymous way at the appropriate Scrum event.
How do you encourage team members to find their voice in collaboration?
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Andrea Floyd, who is about to start her retirement journey and today is sharing her excitement about this new stage in her life. In this episode, Andrea talks about the many ways in which her life was improved by Agile principles and the framework it provides to face different life scenarios and overcome obstacles.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while training: “How many times should I refine a Product Backlog Item before it’s ready for a Sprint?”
If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.
Key Takeaways:
How many times should a team refine a PBI before it is ready for the sprint? The scrum guide talks about refining as an activity and ongoing. So, the answer is that a team should refine backlog items enough so that they understand the item. It is ready when the team says it is, and the PBI can be completed within a sprint.
Here are some activities a scrum team might undertake to refine their backlog item to ready. Your team may have better ways for you. Remember the ongoing activity, but these are some ways to get started.
First, the Product Owner refines the item when first getting the PBI. Whether the PO entered the item or someone else did, some initial details can be entered. The Product Owner talks to people to help clarify what this is solving.
Sometimes this looks like a Product Owner having a feature that is broad in scope. She then decomposes the feature into multiple stories that she thinks solves the problem.
Second, the Product Owner runs the new PBI by the team in a refinement meeting. Giving the rest of the team some information about this new PBI, and getting feedback on their understanding of what is needed. If the team is satisfied with the answers, they might estimate the PBI during this refinement session. But if more clarification is needed, the Product Owner might elect to get more information.
Third, if the Product Owner needs more clarification, they get it, maybe doing research, talking to customers, or whatever is needed to clarify the PBI. After enough gathering enough information -
Fourth - The Product Owner brings refined PBI to the refinement meeting and the team asks any more questions. Hopefully, the team is confident the PBI can be completed within a sprint, and they estimate.
Now the PBI is ready for the sprint.
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by ChatGPT, a large language model developed by open AI. An AI language model, I'm designed to understand natural language and generate human-like responses to questions and prompts, trained on a vast amount of text data, and have knowledge of a wide range of topics including software development project management and Agile methodology.
ChatGPT shares his expertise and insights with Agile Coaches’ Corner listeners in this episode.
Key Takeaways
● ChatGPT shares what is most valuable for an Agile practitioner.
○ The most valuable thing for an agile practitioner is to embrace the agile mindset, which emphasizes the importance of collaboration, continuous Improvement, and flexibility.
○ Understanding Scrum and Kanban is crucial for Agile practitioners.
○ Ongoing learning is essential for Agile practitioners to stay current on techniques.
● Why can it be difficult for people to adopt an Agile mindset?
○ The agile mindset requires individuals to be open to change and embrace a culture of continuous improvement this means being willing to experiment, take risks and learn from failure.
○ Individuals are required to communicate effectively with others and be willing to share knowledge and expertise; for people who are used to working independently or in silence, this can be a challenging adjustment.
○ It requires focusing on bringing value to the customer/end-user and pivoting quickly in response to changes in requirements.
○ Adopting an Agile Mindset requires self-awareness and a willingness to be open to feedback and critique.
● The fixed mindset trap happens when individuals and organizations focus on what has worked in the past and show resistance to change.
○ To overcome this, people must be ready to look for new ways of thinking and working, willing to take risks, and learn from failure.
● Does science back up the growth mindset?
○ Some argue that the growth mindset concept oversimplifies the complex factors contributing to success. The emphasis on individual effort and motivation may overlook the role of systemic factors, such as social inequality and structural barriers.
○ Despite criticisms, many practitioners and organizations find value in the growth mindset concept as a way to promote learning collaboration and a focus on continuous improvement.
● How can leaders start to embrace the uncertainty that goes into important moments like budgeting, release cycles, and communication?
○ It is essential for leaders to recognize that uncertainty is a natural part of any complex project.
○ Rigid expectations can be counterproductive.
○ Leaders can shift the focus from fixing deliveries to outcomes.
○ A Leader can create a culture of psychological safety and experimentation where Teams can feel confident in taking risks.
● Why does ChatGPT name Scrum as a methodology?
○ Scrum is indeed a framework rather than a methodology.
● Can a Chatbot take the work of humans?
○ ChatGPT cannot fully replace a human since it doesn’t have human experience, empathy, and intuition that a human coach has.
○ Agile requires knowledge of human behavior, group dynamics, and organizational culture.
● Agile is a mindset and a way of thinking about work, it is about embracing uncertainty, continuously learning and improving, and collaborating with others to deliver value to customers.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week’s Trainer Talk is with Olatunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). Tunde shares some reflections on how to merge the best of Kanban with the best of Scrum in an approach called “Scrumban.”
Key Takeaways:
Somebody asked me a question. The question was, “why do you need to Implement Scrumban?” First, I always ask, “what do you know about Scrumban?” They think it's a buzzword, a nice-sounding framework. But to answer their question, I've always encouraged them: What do you like about Kanban? They said they loved the transparency. Fantastic. They said they love the implementation of the WIP limits. They love the fact that they can see throughput. Throughput is the amount of work they have completed based on past data. What don't you like about Kanban? They will say, “we don't like that you don't have immediate benefit realization.” Their releases are two months. They don't like the fact that it doesn't have defined roles. They don't like that it is the delivery team, the Kanban team, and then the product owner. Then I pivot. What do you like about Scrum? Well, now they say they like the defined three roles. The Product Owner, the Scrum Master, and the Delivery team, the Scrum Team. They also like transparency and accountability. Well, if you like the best things that you love about Scrum added to the best thing that you love about Kanban, then merge them. Now you have Scrumban.
How do you implement it? Scrum always talks about early validation of working software as our greatest priority. That's principle number one behind the Agile Manifesto. So, for early validation, instead of three months in Kanban, move it to two weeks. Instead of two weeks, move it to three weeks. Instead of three weeks, you can move it to a month. Thirty days. That's it. And then you have backlog refinement. So, practice continuous refinement of your backlog and its priorities. Keep the WIP limit. Keep it. Do you like the Retrospective? Let's add it. You have daily stand-up, which creates daily accountability in Scrumban. You have backlog refinement and continuous refining of the product backlog. You have retrospectives, you'll always find other ways that we can get better. And once a month, always do a demo. Always do a demo to leaders. Always do a demo to stakeholders. And that is some of the biggest benefits of Scrumban. This is the way to go any time you want to merge the benefits of Scrum, plus the transparency and the continuous work-in-process of Kanban. Merge them, then you have Scrumban.
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current SAFe Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a long-time acquaintance and friend, Tricia Broderick, a leadership advisor and co-author of Lead Without Blame with Diana Larsen.
In this episode, Tricia talks about the book she wrote with Diana, their mission, and the most important messages that are carried in it, such as the true meaning of a Team, the relevancy of collaboration and connection, autonomy, metrics, and much more!
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while training: “Should we have more than one ‘Definition of Done?’”
If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.
Key Takeaways:
This week, let's talk about the Definition of Done. In one of our classes, we had a question about the Definition of Done. Specifically, how many Definitions of Done can a Scrum Team have? So, I went to the Scrum Guide, and here is what that says:
"The moment a Product Backlog item meets the Definition of Done, an Increment is born."
The guide does not say it meets the sprints Definition of Done or the potentially shippable definition of done. Instead, it states, "the Definition of Done," implying, in my mind, that there is one Definition of Done.
In class, we discussed whether there should be a definition of done for releases, for instance. When some organizations release the software, users need to be trained. Marketing materials might need updating, etc. And I understand that these things need to happen.
Having one DoD would reduce friction for releasing. No waiting for another team to complete work. The Scrum team controls when they can release. High-maturity teams and organizations are designed this way.
But not all organizations are in a place where we can have the Scrum team do everything necessary for release. So the team may have to grow into it. That is ok. Remember where you are headed and make improvements every sprint to put everything necessary for done into your definition.
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde, AgileThought’s practice Lead for Agile Transformation and Coaching in Mexico and Costa Rica.
In this episode, Tunde shares his insights about the power of SAFe training. He describes various available courses and the outcomes attendees get SAFe Training.
Key Takeaways
● SAFe Training: What is it like?
● People who attend training often assume that their trainer is the best in the world and knows everything.
○ When people come together, they all learn from each other; the trainer learns from the class, and the participants learn from each other.
● What can a Product Owner expect from a SAFe class?
○ The Product Owner changes its value according to which one has it.
● SAFe Advanced Scrum Master Class:
○ This class trains and empowers Scrum Masters to be a master in the market and with their clients, implement change within an enterprise, and collaborate with others at program and team levels.
● Tools a SAFe Scrum Master would learn differently from the tools acquired at a Team Level.
○ SAFe Scrum Master can influence change in an organization.
● Leading SAFe:
○ When attendees leave the class, they should be able to influence their Teams to do backlog refinement by understanding the definition and estimates of the backlog.
● Virtual classes:
○ Everyone with internet service and a computer should be able to receive the class.
This week’s Trainer Talk is with Tunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). Tunde shares factors to consider when you are trying to decide if the Scaled Agile Framework is right for your business need.
Key Takeaways:
As a trainer, many people reach out to me and say, “Olatunde, why would you suggest SAFe?” Well, it’s easy:
Finally, if you want your organization to understand the concept of “personas.” In the market that simply means “whom we are building this software for? What are their likes? What are their dislikes? Also, when you have competitors, you know what some of their strengths are, what are some of their weaknesses, what are some of the opportunities and what are some of the threats.
When you have all these criteria in mind, then I would suggest that you go SAFe. SAFe is not for every organization. And every organization is not for SAFe. Nonetheless, I will always suggest SAFe whenever you meet those criteria.
The best time to start your implementation of SAFe in your organization is now! There will never be a perfect time. There will never be a perfect season. You know there will not be. There will never be a perfect budget. Just start. And as you evolve, as you get better, you will start noticing that SAFe has a lot of potentials and a lot of benefits for your organization. So, when in the market, SAFe also has all the benefits that help you gain an edge over the competitors in the market.
Related to this Episode:
A complete list of the current SAFe Training by AgileThought.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by an internal colleague, Eric Landes, Professional Scrum Trainer and DevOps Coach at Agile Thought, and Brian Wawok, CEO and Co-founder at Listing Mirror, a multichannel e-commerce management platform.
In this episode, they get together to address a question posted by Brian. Brian has been working with Kanban with his team, they are looking to embrace the Scrum framework and are wondering how this transition would impact the CD.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Build: An Unorthodox Guide to Making Things Worth Making, by Tony Fadell
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question about how the Definition of Done impacts Release Planning.
If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.
Does the Definition of Done help the PO in Release planning? In a recent class, the idea of how the Definition of Done (DoD) affects a release plan and the Product Owner came up! So, I wanted to walk through what the Scrum Guide says, and impart some practical advice about planning with the DoD.
The scrum guide states that "The moment a Product Backlog item meets the Definition of Done, an Increment is born". Couple this with the Increment guidance, "an increment must be usable", this helps the Product Owner in forecasting when the increment gets in customers’ hands.
The Product Owner uses the team's throughput, or whatever complimentary metric they prefer in their forecasting. Then during Sprint reviews, the Product Owner shows stakeholders forecasts of when features and functionality can be delivered to customers. The Product Owner adjusts forecasts as more learning occurs through each Sprint.
The Definition of Done impacts the Product Owner's forecasts when it does not include quality steps to get the increment to that usable state. Product Owners want actual feedback from customers using the software in the wild, to help guide their goals. The transparency of the Definition of Done can be used by the Product Owner to help move toward a usable Increment.
For instance, if the team needs a compliance review before something can go to production, the Product Owner should ask how the team can include this in the DoD. The Developers might suggest collaborating with the compliance group on automated solutions. This might add some items to the Backlog to get that automation included in the team’s delivery automation. Now that this is in the Definition of Done the Scrum Team is in control of getting the Increment in front of the customer. This is one example of how the Product Owner can use the transparency of the Definition of Done to improve the value they deliver.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.
For more information on AgileThought's available courses, go to agilethought.com/services/training-certifications. This information is also available on the page of this podcast. Thanks for listening!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Quincy Jordan. In today’s episode, they address a fascinating topic: the relationship between Communities of Practice (CoP) and Agile Transformations in an Agile Journey. Quincy shares the components of the typical structure for CoP and its crucial value in an Agile Organization, especially when trying to introduce new ideas and encouraging people to experiment. Dan and Quincy also dive deep into the leadership role in supporting CoP.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to “Communities of Practice with Quincy Jordan” and “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”
The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of The Learning Organization, Peter M. Senge
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Eric Landes. Eric is a Professional Scrum Trainer through Scrum.Org.
In this episode, Eric and Dan talk about how Scrum.Org is approaching training. They also dive deep into the classes Agile Thought is offering for Developers, Scrum Teams, Scrum Masters, Product Owners, and Developers to help them improve their skills at the Scrum level.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about Agile Thought Training Services
Scrum.Org
Find more about the On-site training in Tampa, Florida, April 25‒26 for APS and 27‒28 for PSK
Industrial DevOps: Nine Principles to Build Better Systems Faster, by Dr. Suzette Johnson and Robin Yeman
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while delivering a class on Applying Professional Scrum. The student was a security specialist and was trying to figure out how Scrum teams handle the work needed to maintain security and compliance.
If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.
How Does Security Fit into a Scrum Team? When conducting Scrum training, teams ask about different roles and how they fit on a team that only has developer, Scrum Master, and Product Owner accountabilities. It is a valid question, when I introduce the Scrum framework, it can be confusing how current jobs fit into the Scrum framework accountability.
The good news is that the Scrum framework talks about accountabilities, not job descriptions. So, the writers of the Scrum guide understand that existing job roles are not necessarily supplanted by the accountability. But Scrum does say that your Scrum team needs to be able to complete their work to make it potentially shippable. A student asked how it could be shippable without their security group, InfoSec approving this. This specific organization, had to have a security review before any release could make it to production.
How does the Scrum framework handle these organizational constraints? The Scrum guide says "Scrum Teams are cross-functional, meaning the members have all the skills necessary to create value each Sprint." And the Scrum team self-manages to make sure they have the right capabilities for the team.
The Scrum guide is lightweight and not very prescriptive as you have probably noticed. I would answer that question using my experience, letting your team self-manage with this information. Practically speaking here are four ways your team could practice that self-management to help with this question:
These are 4 options that your team may want to adopt to help with Infosec or security requirements on a Scrum team. Your team may self-manage to a better option for your organization. Discussing what can be done within the team is a great first step!
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.
For more information on AgileThought's available courses, go to agilethought.com/services/training-certifications. This information is also available on the page of this podcast. Thanks for listening!
From
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and repeated guest, Adam Ulery.
In this episode, Dan and Adam are exploring the true meaning of being Agile, which is often a subject of discussion. Dan recently found the work of two researchers named Corey Baham and Rudy Hirschheim on the theoretical cores of Agile which provides valuable information about the identity of Agile.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
“Issues, challenges, and a proposed theoretical core of Agile Software Development Research,” by Corey Baham and Rudy Hirschheim
Lead from the Future: How to Turn Visionary Thinking Into Breakthrough Growth, by Mark W. Johnson and Josh Suskewicz
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery for the first episode of 2023.
In this episode, they are talking about new beginnings and how they are the perfect opportunity to plan forward and set intentions for the future. Adam and Dan dive deep into the importance of goal setting and how to do it in the most effective way possible.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Way of a Pilgrim and A Pilgrim Continues His Way, Olga Savin
“How agile software development methods reduce work exhaustion: Insights on role perceptions and organizational skills”, Viswanath Venkatesh, James Y. L. Thong, Frank K. Y. Chan, Hartmut Hoehle, and Kai Spohrer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Michael O’Reilly, SVP in IT within the financial services industry.
In this episode, Michael, an avid board game player, shares the similarities between Dungeons and Dragons and potentially the Scrum Framework. Michael and Dan explore this interesting analogy. The entertainment world is huge and very profitable; it is a serious business for a lot of people who are employed in this field. Also, some fun games make work much more entertaining and the learning experience easier.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Improv for Gamers, by Karen Twelves
The Art of Agile Development, by James Shore
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Tarik Smajic from Machine Learning Team and by Justin Thatil, an Agile colleague. Justin and Tarik are both Scrum Masters but Tarik’s work is in Artificial Intelligence or Machine learning. In this episode, they explore together with Dan, the differences and similarities between Scrum and AI as well as how they complement each other by sharing valuable case examples.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Link to a previous episode
Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-Free Productivity, by David Allen
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Agile Santa (Dan Neumann) is the host of the Christmas Special Episode and he is accompanied by a special Elf (Misi Eyetsemitan) and by a fun group of Agile colleagues: Andrea Floyd, Kristan Chavious, Phillip Lisenba, Justin Thatil, Giovani Botarelli, and Olu Soyele.
In this episode, they are making profound Agile wishes for us all.
Key Takeaways
● Misi wishes organizations to find that the answers they are seeking have always been within them.
● Andrea wishes for curiosity for everyone on her Team, a curious perspective promotes learning and growth.
● Olu appreciates the blessings of this year; he shares his gratitude and he wishes his Team to keep on with their continuous learning and expand even more their Agile mindset.
● Kris hopes for everyone to have the courage to be more transparent about what they think without fearing the repercussions that might follow.
○ Experimentation is a better way to encourage people to innovate instead of telling them to do something different.
○ To be innovative you have to be courageous.
○ Innovation grows in a safe environment.
● Philip is thankful for his family and their health, for his work at Agile Thought, and for the opportunities to continuously improve.
○ Philip wishes for more people to adopt Agile Methodologies across the board, not just in their work but also in their personal lives.
● Giovani asks Agile Santa to replace the command and control mindset with a more Agile mindset.
○ Effective communication is the way to spread the Agile way.
● Justin has two wishes, one is for Agilists to be the source of change and growth and for everyone to keep gratitude always in mind.
○ Gratitude changes attitude.
○ As global citizens, we need to be conscious and aware of the impact that social media has on our society and how our view of reality is being altered by it.
Mentioned in this Episode:
How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future, Maria Ressa | CEO of Rappler
The age of surveillance capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power: Barack Obama’s Books of 2019, by Shoshana Zuboff | American author, Harvard professor
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Diana Larsen, who has made amazing contributions to the Agile community. She is also the author of Agile Retrospectives: How to Make Good Teams Great and recently published a book called Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams.
In this episode, Diana is talking about leadership, not only in the Agile community but also in the general community. Diana talks about how leaders come in different shapes and sizes and how they can avoid blame and shame in the workplace to reach better efficiency.
Key Takeaways
● Diana talks about Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams.
○ This book is directed not only at the Agile community but at the general public.
○ The mission of this book is to think about how we can improve our systems rather than pointing fingers at Teams or Leaders.
○ This book is meant to be useful (not theoretical) and to help anyone in their day-to-day struggles.
● Leaders come in many shapes.
○ Whatever kind of leadership role someone is filling, there are certain things that need to be understood in order to avoid blame and judgment and ultimately to aim for everybody to be more effective.
● Shame and blame in the workplace:
○ If people see blame happening anywhere, they will spend time trying to prevent being the one that takes the blame, deflecting that energy somewhere else.
○ If people internalize the blame in the workplace then shame follows.
○ We tend to look for people making mistakes instead of trying to find where they are doing well.
● What are some alternatives to the blaming and shaming approach? Purpose, autonomy, and co-intelligence.
○ Leaders can help people learn and develop better skills in blocking blame.
○ Diana talks about the difference in motivation between Teams and individuals
○ Understand why we are doing what we are doing. Does everybody understand the same purpose?
○ Preserve Team autonomy.
○ Co-intelligence: Together as a Team, collectively, we have the skillsets that the Team needs. Lots of leadership and tactical skills are needed in a Team in order for it to be successful.
● How do Retrospectives help to build resiliency in a Team?
○ There are many ways for supporting retrospectives; Diana describes some of them.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Diana Larsen and Esther Derby
Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is delighted to be joined by a new guest, James Shore, the author of The Art of Agile Development and co-creator of the Agile Fluency Project with Diana Larsen. His contribution is invaluable to the Agile field.
In this episode, James talks about the second edition of The Art of Agile Development, which was published in 2021. This edition is a fully rewritten version that shows the influence of the Agile Fluency Model, including the different zones Agile Teams can occupy, such as Focusing, Delivering, Optimizing, and Strengthening, and practices for Teams to become fluent in each area.
Key Takeaways
● James rewrote The Art of Agile Development for its second edition.
○ He rewrote the book around the ideas of the Agile Fluency Model.
○ It includes updated practices.
○ In the book, you can find out how to influence people to make a change, to try Agile ideas, and even advice when you are in a situation where you are not very Agile.
● What is the Agile Fluency Model?
○ There are four different zones that teams or organizations can occupy: Focusing, Delivering, Optimizing, and Strengthening. A Team can exhibit fluency in any of these zones.
○ A behavior is fluent when you can perform it unconsciously, naturally, as a default behavior.
○ A Team can demonstrate fluency but only the Organization can make it possible.
○ It is not a maturity model, you can be fluent in one of the zones and not the others.
● The Agile Goal:
○ For many organizations, it may be Focusing plus Delivering together.
● James talks about the structure of the book.
○ The first part of the book is about how to introduce Agile ideas.
○ Most of the book is about the practices for the Focus and the Delivery zone.
○ Alternatives and experiences can be found at the end of every practice.
● Learn the rules, break the rules, and then, ignore the rules.
○ After learning the rules you have to experiment because every Agile Team goes through a unique situation and process.
● How long does it take to achieve a level of fluency?
○ It takes time to become fluent.
○ In general, it takes two to six months to reach Focusing fluency. Have under consideration that there is a one-to-four-month period of decrease in performance while people learn.
○ During two to six months, performance will be affected while trying to reach fluency in Delivering in an expected period from three to 20 months.
○ When Optimizing fluency it takes one to two months of performance affectedness and three to nine months for reaching fluency in this area.
○ It takes one or two years to deliver reliably.
○ All these time frames overlap.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Follow James Shore.
Check the second edition of The Art of Agile Development.
Agile Fluency Project
FAST Agile
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Mike Guiler and Eric Landes,
In this episode, they are answering a listener’s question: Senior Leaders want to measure how Agile they are, which will allow them to demonstrate if they are becoming more Agile. These Leaders are looking for metrics they can use that can show release frequency, show how responsive they are, and allow them to show or measure if what they are releasing is valuable to the customers. They would love to have numbers that they can update at the end of every month if possible. To summarize, this listener wants to know how leaders can explore their agility and see how it changes every month; listen to this episode and find out what Dan, Mike, and Eric have to say.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Industrial DevOps
Consulting to Team-Based Organizations: An Organizational Design and Learning Approach, by Kay F. Quam
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery, Eric Landes, Andrea Floyd, Erica Menendez, and Kris Chavious. In this episode, they are celebrating Thanksgiving by sharing what they are thankful for from an Agile Perspective.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-worker Ola Tunde. In this episode, Dan and Tunde are addressing a most important topic, which is the matter of learning to ask and identify powerful questions. Knowing how to frame a question correctly can lead to better outcomes; a leader needs to know how to make inspirational questions that will encourage paradigm shifts.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick
Tunde’s PDF with examples of powerful questions
The Art of Agile Development second edition, by James Shore
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco to celebrate four years of podcasts. In this episode, Sam, who was a co-founder of the Agile Coach’s Corner Podcast, is talking about some of his experiences throughout his professional journey; he dives deep into various lessons learned and the challenges overcame.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power (The Lamar Series in Western History), Pekka Hamalainen
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco to celebrate four years of podcasts. In this episode, Sam, who was a co-founder of the Agile Coach’s Corner Podcast, is talking about some of his experiences throughout his professional journey; he dives deep into various lessons learned and the challenges overcame.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power (The Lamar Series in Western History), Pekka Hamalainen
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes, Andrea Floyd, Alba Uribe, Erica Menendez, and Justin Thatil. In today’s episode, they are celebrating Halloween by talking about some scary good Agile Stories, unlike previous Halloween episodes where the lessons learned after challenges and difficulties were addressed, this time, you will hear about crazy great Agile experiences that are worth sharing.
Key Takeaways
Do you want to hear something scary? Doing Agile without digital tools!
The failing product story:
Justin tells the story when after a long time working trying to get a product right and being at the point of almost reaching the so-wanted outcome, the executive Team decides to cancel the project.
A Scrum-But Situation:
The state of the Team was the scariest at the beginning, there were problems releasing, and they were not finishing on time. This Team was doing Scrum, but poorly. Eric and Dan were part of the engagement part of this Team, they talked with the client, and the outcome was good. The client went beyond what was suggested and better Scrum was starting to happen.
When Agility sneaks up on you!
Andrea was working with a client, and there was a pause when she stepped away for the client to continue the journey alone, but then she was invited back. When she resumed work with the client she found that a reset had happened; she was asked very basic questions and even doubted if it was Agile that they were really doing. Andrea decided to stay curious and realized the Team was doing great things respecting the principles and practices of Agile, which are very foundational. They were, in fact, mastering Agile!
Enabling communication and transparency can create a scary amazing effect on a Team.
There was an organization that went 100% into Agile, it covered the organization, the Team, and also the physical location. Everything the Team needed was in place, they even have an additional TV to track progress on releases. They worked on the proof of concepts.
Scary good collaboration!
No one is taking the lead and everyone knows what they need to do. The lead is there to answer questions, it is so scary good when the leader does not know what to do because everyone is doing so great!
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, Diane Larsen and Tricia Broderick
Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, Diane Larsen
The Art of Agile Development, James Shore and Shane Warden
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues Mike Guiler and Justin Thatil to talk about the dopamine and satisfaction that follow after accomplishing a goal; reaching a purpose is very satisfying and can be conquered in and out of the work environment.
In this episode, Dan, Mike, and Justin explore the process of identifying the goal that you want to achieve from a behavioral and an outcome perspective, followed by working towards the objective, to finally arriving at the conquering of the goal and experiencing that rush of excitement we all enjoy so much.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: Complete Works
The Spirit of Kaizen: Creating Lasting Excellence One Small Step at a Time, by Robert Maurer
Agile + DevOps East Conference, November 6-11, 2022. It’s OK to be UnSAFe – Scale Without Using Someone Else’s Framework. Dan Neumann, AgileThought
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues Mike Guiler and Justin Thatil to talk about the dopamine and satisfaction that follow after accomplishing a goal; reaching a purpose is very satisfying and can be conquered in and out of the work environment.
In this episode, Dan, Mike, and Justin explore the process of identifying the goal that you want to achieve from a behavioral and an outcome perspective, followed by working towards the objective, to finally arriving at the conquering of the goal and experiencing that rush of excitement we all enjoy so much.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: Complete Works
The Spirit of Kaizen: Creating Lasting Excellence One Small Step at a Time, by Robert Maurer
Agile + DevOps East Conference, November 6-11, 2022. It’s OK to be UnSAFe – Scale Without Using Someone Else’s Framework. Dan Neumann, AgileThought
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is talking about the frequent topic that when addressing Agile and Waterfall sometimes seems that it is used as a weapon to keep people away, and to advocate for the usage of one way (Agile or Waterfall) against the other.
In this episode, Dan will explore how to begin a constructive conversation regarding moving forward using Agile or Waterfall when facing a challenge that needs to be overcome.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Release Train Engineer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is talking about the frequent topic that when addressing Agile and Waterfall sometimes seems that it is used as a weapon to keep people away, and to advocate for the usage of one way (Agile or Waterfall) against the other.
In this episode, Dan will explore how to begin a constructive conversation regarding moving forward using Agile or Waterfall when facing a challenge that needs to be overcome.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Release Train Engineer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to discuss the topic of accountability. In this episode, they address the concept of accountability that could sometimes be misunderstood and even carries some misconceptions.
Adam and Dan talk today about how leaders can foster accountability in organizations and which practices are the most effective to support this work. During this insightful conversation, they dive deep into the meaning and extends of ownership, setting clear expectations, and the value of honoring vulnerability as a necessary exercise to avoid the fear of making mistakes.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke
SBI Model
Listen to Episode 35 for more about the SBI Model
Leading Change, John P. Kotter
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to discuss the topic of accountability. In this episode, they address the concept of accountability that could sometimes be misunderstood and even carries some misconceptions.
Adam and Dan talk today about how leaders can foster accountability in organizations and which practices are the most effective to support this work. During this insightful conversation, they dive deep into the meaning and extends of ownership, setting clear expectations, and the value of honoring vulnerability as a necessary exercise to avoid the fear of making mistakes.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke
SBI Model
Listen to Episode 35 for more about the SBI Model
Leading Change, John P. Kotter
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil, to talk about the intersection between Professional and Agile Coaching as well as their differences and similarities.
In this episode, Justin shares his knowledge that comes from his own experience in the field of Professional Coaching that started 10 years ago. Dan, Erika, and Justin also explore the particularities of each role, the Agile and the Professional Coach, while exploring real-life scenarios and sharing powerful examples to illustrate both roles.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
What is an Agile Coach?
Powerful Questions
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil, to talk about the intersection between Professional and Agile Coaching as well as their differences and similarities.
In this episode, Justin shares his knowledge that comes from his own experience in the field of Professional Coaching that started 10 years ago. Dan, Erika, and Justin also explore the particularities of each role, the Agile and the Professional Coach, while exploring real-life scenarios and sharing powerful examples to illustrate both roles.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
What is an Agile Coach?
Powerful Questions
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Patricia Kong in today’s episode. Patricia is the Product Owner, Enterprise Agility, and Learning Enablement for Scrum.Org.
In this episode, Dan and Patricia are exploring a new training class Scrum is offering called Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training which is directed not just to Scrum Masters but for all levels including all leaders and Team members too.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum.Org
Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills™
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Patricia Kong in today’s episode. Patricia is the Product Owner, Enterprise Agility, and Learning Enablement for Scrum.Org.
In this episode, Dan and Patricia are exploring a new training class Scrum is offering called Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training which is directed not just to Scrum Masters but for all levels including all leaders and Team members too.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum.Org
Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills™
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil to today’s episode.
This time, they are exploring the scenario when Scrum Masters enter a New Team, an event that Dan, Erica, and Justin know by experience. Listen to this episode to hear valuable real-life examples of how a Scrum Master can successfully transition into a new Team.
Key Takeaways
Duties that a Scrum Master needs to attend to when entering a new Team:
What does improvement look like for the organization?
A Scrum Master needs to explore communication styles within the new Team and identify the organization’s expectations not only about the Scrum Master’s performance but also about the Team.
Is it helpful to have someone helping the Scrum Master transition to a new Team?
Everyone is different, someone might notice aspects that another person didn’t.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland
Man Enough: Undefining My Masculinity, by Justin Baldoni
The Wayback Machine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil to today’s episode.
This time, they are exploring the scenario when Scrum Masters enter a New Team, an event that Dan, Erica, and Justin know by experience. Listen to this episode to hear valuable real-life examples of how a Scrum Master can successfully transition into a new Team.
Key Takeaways
Duties that a Scrum Master needs to attend to when entering a new Team:
What does improvement look like for the organization?
A Scrum Master needs to explore communication styles within the new Team and identify the organization’s expectations not only about the Scrum Master’s performance but also about the Team.
Is it helpful to have someone helping the Scrum Master transition to a new Team?
Everyone is different, someone might notice aspects that another person didn’t.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland
Man Enough: Undefining My Masculinity, by Justin Baldoni
The Wayback Machine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes you to celebrate episode number 200! The Agile Coaches’ Corner Podcast began back in 2018 and the journey continues! During these years there were many guests, an increasing amount of listeners, and numerous Agile topics were explored. Thank you for being part of these first 200 shows!
In this episode, Dan is exploring a typical situation: Trying to explain the benefits of the Agile ways to someone who is not immersed in the Agile field. Referring to the Agile principles, values, or even the Agile Manifesto won’t help stakeholders. Listen to this episode and learn to communicate how Agile can help an organization to meet its needs (without mentioning the word Agile!)
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Agile Coaches’ Corner’s most popular show: What is Agile?
No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp
Begin With the End in Mind: Habit 2 of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, by Stephen Covey
Find more about The Agile + DevOps East Festival
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Contact Dan Neumann on Twitter.
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes you to celebrate episode number 200! The Agile Coaches’ Corner Podcast began back in 2018 and the journey continues! During these years there were many guests, an increasing amount of listeners, and numerous Agile topics were explored. Thank you for being part of these first 200 shows!
In this episode, Dan is exploring a typical situation: Trying to explain the benefits of the Agile ways to someone who is not immersed in the Agile field. Referring to the Agile principles, values, or even the Agile Manifesto won’t help stakeholders. Listen to this episode and learn to communicate how Agile can help an organization to meet its needs (without mentioning the word Agile!)
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Agile Coaches’ Corner’s most popular show: What is Agile?
No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp
Begin With the End in Mind: Habit 2 of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, by Stephen Covey
Find more about The Agile + DevOps East Festival
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Contact Dan Neumann on Twitter.
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague Michael Guiler to today’s episode.
In this episode, they will be answering questions regarding several Agile topics, such as leadership, effective communication, Team readiness, best practices, motivation, and transparency, among others. Join this fun and insightful conversation with Dan and Mike!
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague Michael Guiler to today’s episode.
In this episode, they will be answering questions regarding several Agile topics, such as leadership, effective communication, Team readiness, best practices, motivation, and transparency, among others. Join this fun and insightful conversation with Dan and Mike!
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, who recently joined the Agile Thought Team.
In this episode, Dan and Phillip are exploring how Agile ways could be applied to the home setting. The heart and soul of Agile can be used to achieve goals efficiently not only on a professional level but also at home in our personal lives. Listen to this episode to find many tips to reach your personal objectives with less effort!
Key Takeaways
Top ten tips to make your list:
Create a list of things to do.
Reward yourself.
Eight Agile Tips to use at home:
Tell yourself you can do hard things.
Make the most important thing the most important thing!
Remember to be flexible’ sometimes you have to pivot when challenges appear in order to keep moving forward. Consider changing your methods when they are no longer effective.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 5 Second Rule: Transform your Life, Work, and Confidence with Everyday Courage, by Mel Robbins
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, who recently joined the Agile Thought Team.
In this episode, Dan and Phillip are exploring how Agile ways could be applied to the home setting. The heart and soul of Agile can be used to achieve goals efficiently not only on a professional level but also at home in our personal lives. Listen to this episode to find many tips to reach your personal objectives with less effort!
Key Takeaways
Top ten tips to make your list:
Create a list of things to do.
Reward yourself.
Eight Agile Tips to use at home:
Tell yourself you can do hard things.
Make the most important thing the most important thing!
Remember to be flexible’ sometimes you have to pivot when challenges appear in order to keep moving forward. Consider changing your methods when they are no longer effective.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 5 Second Rule: Transform your Life, Work, and Confidence with Everyday Courage, by Mel Robbins
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Erica Menendez. In this episode, they are discussing the fun topic of vacations and how their planning and unfolding can be done in an Agile way. Dan, Erica, and Justin highlight the importance of always keeping your goals in mind, and considering the expectations of everyone involved in the plan. Listen to this episode and find out how following different Agile Principles can help you plan and enjoy your time off!
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland
Professional Coaching for Agilists: Accelerating Agile Adoption, by Damon Poole
No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Andrea Floyd to explore the concept of change.
In this episode, Andrea and Dan talk about the critical importance of change, since as an Agilist, what needs to be embraced as always present is change. Change is involved in every part of an Agile journey, it is a way of working and a way of dealing with people. They also address the significance of being mindful of the impact change can have on people and the organization.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Alliance 2022, Nashville, Tennessee
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jim Beale and Gerardo de la Fuente to follow up on a conversation started in a previous episode where the constitution of a high-performing team was addressed and its direct relation with following the Scrum Values.
In this episode, Jim, Gerardo, and Dan explore the importance of trust, and how it can only be encouraged by the presence and exercise of the Scrum Values in a Team.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to “What Does a High-Performing Scrum Team Look Like?” with Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil
Overcoming the Five Dysfunctions of a Team, by Patrick Lencioni
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lisa Adkins
Fixing Your Scrum: Practical Solutions to Common Scrum Problems, by Ryan Ripley
Scrum Mastery: Agile Leadership to Take Your Team’s Performance From Good to Great, by Jeff Cohn
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Christine Bush, a brand new Agile thinker.
In this episode, Dan and Christine are discussing Agile Transformations. As Lyssa Adkins describes, an Agile Coach is someone who has seen lots of different success and failure patterns over time. Change is never easy, and that is the reason why Dan And Christine are diving deep into the necessary features of a well-conducted Agile transformation.
Key Takeaways
“Don’t just give them the title, buy them the tool, and expect the Agile process to work.”
Organizations want to be Agile but they don’t give them the necessary coaching and facilitation that people need to be successful.
Mentioned in this Episode:
“What is Agile Coaching?” by Lyssa Adkins
Scrum: The Art of Doing Twice the Work in Half the Time, by Jeff Sutherland
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Michael Cooper, Agile Thought’s Chief Architect.
In this episode, Dan and Mike explore the topic resulting from the previous conversation they had regarding technical debt, which is, once you identify the debt, what do you do about it? Michael presents three possible strategies: the most common, the undesired, and lastly, the pragmatic and practical solution.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to What is Technical Debt? With Michael Cooper
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two colleagues, Hal Hogue and Misi Eyetsemitan.
In this episode, they explore a question that came up in a Coaches’ practice recently that was about the differences between a Product Owner and a Business Analyst. Are both the same? Do they have different business accountabilities? How do both enter the big picture?
Key Takeaways
● Product Owner and a Business Analyst are totally two different roles.
○ They vary by responsibility and by definition of functions; they are two entirely different roles.
○ Both roles can help in the accountabilities of Scrum.
○ Exploring the history, we traditionally had Business Analysts and Project Managers. The Scrum Framework does not have either of these titles. this
○ The Product Owner focuses on the vision and the profitability/marketability of the product (all about value).
○ The Scrum Master is all about the framework.
○ The Development Team has the accountability to develop the product and the process that will ensure that the product or task is addressed in an achievable way.
○ Business Analysts can help the Scrum Team by making sure that the backlog is representative of the vision of the product and the input of the users, stakeholders, and the Developers.
● Business Analysts are valuable when there is a scale in Agile.
○ When there is a robust product that has multiple Teams working on it, a BA is valuable.
● Is the need product- or experience-driven?
○ The answer may depend on the organization and on how Teams are set up. If the organization already has the operational role of a BA embedded within the Scrum Team, you can’t ignore it, it is part of the structure of that Team.
● Exploring each Team member’s accountabilities and responsibilities is a great way to prevent problems and safely scale. The Herculean Doughnut is an effective practice to determine roles and their reaches.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about the Herculean Doughnut
Zombie Scrum Survival Guide, by Christiaan Verwijs
Find what Dan Harmon’s Story Circle is about.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two guests, Mariano Oliveti, and Hal Hogue to talk about a topic that was inspired by a listener who recently was in a meeting where this question came up: What does a Scrum Master do with a Team that is very mature?
In this episode, Dan, Mariano, and Hal explore the concept of the maturity of a Team; does the continuous learning journey ever reach an end? Can Scrum Masters fully accomplish their work? Listen to this episode to find the answers to these very thought-provoking questions.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about Agile2022, Nashville
The Agile Mindset — and Beyond, Linda Rising
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Agile’s Thought Chief Architect, Michael Cooper to explore the topic of Technical Debt.
In this episode, Dan and Mike share how Technical Debt has become a dirty term among technical and non-technical people, where it can be considered to be a waste of time and money. Mike is here to demystify Tech Debt and talk about the necessary steps to take when encountering it, like finding its root cause and advancing a strategy to address it.
Key Takeaways
● What can be some indications that technical debt is present?
● How to avoid technical debt:
○ Automated Testing
● Most code in the world has high-tech debt. However, it is not an issue because people don’t need to change it.
○ Software becomes “hard” when it gets enough tech debt.
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his friend and co-worker Ola Tunde.
In this episode, Dan and Tunde are exploring the matter of burnout, which sometimes is not that noticeable, and as a consequence, can pass unnoticed among co-workers. Burnout can result from many personal issues combined with the pressure of working in a small or big organization, and it can translate into a general loss of interest and motivation. Listen to this episode to find the difference between stress and burnout, and how to invest in yourself in order to rescue yourself from burnout.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Read more about burnout in this Psychology Today article.
The Leader Who Had No Title: A Modern Fable on Real Success in Business and in Life, Robin Sharma
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two Agile colleagues: Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil.
In this episode, they discuss the features of a high-performing Scrum Team and how this closely interacts with following and honoring the Scrum Values of openness, commitment, focus, courage, and respect. Dan, Erica, and Justin share valuable examples of their own Agile Journeys to define the main characteristics of a mature Scrum Team.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Selling: Get Up to Speed Quickly in Today's Ever-Changing Sales World, by Jill Konrath
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Gerardo De La Fuente to talk about Agile and what it looks like to really embrace this Agile methods.
In this episode, Dan and Gerardo discuss those cases when Agile seems to be assumed but actually, it turns out to be just a shallow performance. Are people just showing up or joining with heart and soul in the Agile ways? Listen to this episode for a great synopsis of what truly is to embrace Agile.
Key Takeaways
● Showing up vs Embracing Agile
○ Agility for a Scrum team requires an understanding of all of the different roles in order to have the right expectations. Everyone has different accountabilities!
When Teams are challenged, the Scrum Master might be tempted to provide solutions, but that does not help in the long run. Teams should come to their own conclusions.
A Scrum Master has to know how to facilitate and listen, as well as to make the right questions.
A Scrum Master does not have the leading role in the play, the star is the Team. A Scrum Master needs to embrace the role of a Servant Leader.
● Teams need to understand the purpose of Scrum, its values, and its pillars (transparency, inspection, and adaptation) in order to fully realize the benefits of this Agile method.
● Scrum Masters find a valuable resource in collaborating and sharing situations and ideas.
○ Receiving feedback is crucial!
○ There needs to be psychological safety on the Team so people can be open to feedback.
○ In a Team, all members are peers collaborating with each other.
○ Collaboration also takes place with the Product Owner.
● Admitting you don’t know is tough.
○ It takes courage to provide insides about aspects that are not understood or are being done incorrectly. Being open from the beginning saves a lot of trouble.
○ When there is a knowledge or skill gap, it is helpful to reach out to someone else in the organization for help.
● Agile Teams commit to delivering value
○ The entire Team works together and contributes towards reaching the goal.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Leader Who Had No Title: A Modern Fable on Real Success in Business and in Life, Robin Sharma
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is answering a very common question: Why would an organization use Kanban or Scrum?
In this episode, he explains the benefits of both approaches, describing each of them and identifying which of them is more suitable for an organization.
Key Takeaways
● The kind of work an organization is doing will define the methodologies or approaches to take.
● Scrum or Kanban: A false choice.
○ Both can complement.
● Why Scrum?
○ It works!
● Why Kanban?
○ With Kanban, organizations start where they are.
● How long can your organization maintain focus?
○ Kanban fits better for organizations that are doing work that is frequently changing priorities.
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes to answer a listener’s question about development. Our listener asked: How can a non-technical Scrum Master or a Scrum Master introduce technical skills and practices to strongly opinionated engineers?
In this episode, Dan and Eric are sharing how to shift the mindset from wanting to know it all about the design to one where emergence is embraced. They share practical tips and examples of real Agile scenarios to make change easier and lessen its costs.
Key Takeaways
● How to help engineers to embrace emergence:
○ Model the behavior and examples.
○ Go on a learning journey together. Invite them to join the process if they have some technical knowledge.
○ What is in it for them? They don’t have to spend time on a design to release that later could not scale as expected, or didn't address the customer’s needs.
● How to make change easy?
○ Eric shares how he started his Agile journey by creating an application that received a lot of resistance from the management.
● Emerging design is critical.
○ The design is fundamental to the core functionality, but the architecture is probably going to fall over in an unexpected way, even with experts things don’t always get exactly right. Testing rapidly is the way of finding what is wrong earlier.
○ Make critical architectural decisions first, instead of waiting until the last possible moment.
● What are the things people need to get right in the first Sprint?
○ Chose at least one programming language to use.
○ Identify the tools that are going to be used and where are you going to deploy the first iteration.
○ Let’s experiment with the architecture.
● The cost of change in the development is still present.
○ Take it to the Team: How can we lower the cost of change? How can we make architectural change easier?
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan Neumann, your host, has been reviewing the history of the Agile Coaches Corner Podcast and encountered the most popular show among these 184 episodes, it is titled “What is Agile?” and was hosted by himself and Sam Falco.
In this episode, you will get the chance to listen again to the most listened episode so far, which explores the foundations of Agility and the history of the Agile Manifesto,
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
“The New New Product Development Game,” by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)
Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith
The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless
LiberatingStructures.com
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Hal Hogue to talk about the Daily Scrum event. Dan and Hal are assessing this topic again after two years, a particular couple of years since much has changed due to the strike of the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in regards to the workplace, making most of the work to be remote.
In today’s episode, Hal and Dan are talking about the ways in which the Daily Scrum can be more effective by fostering transparency and flow to promote simplicity and focus. They also dive deep into the struggles brought by remote working and the many alternatives to tackle this issue.
Key Takeaways
● What makes the Daily Scrum effective?
○ Understand the purpose of the Daily Scrum: What are we trying to accomplish with it?
○ The Daily Scrum is a perfect place for reflecting on how the plans are going; it is a reliable time and place to focus on refining the plan and thinking about what the next steps will be.
○ The Daily Scrum can be used to avoid misunderstandings.
● How to best avoid misunderstandings about information going back and forth among the Scrum Team members:
○ The Daily Scrum is an opportunity to inspect and adapt our plans and goals.
○ Establish transparency: Make sure things are visible, well understood, and agreed upon by all the Scrum Team members.
○ The purpose of the Daily Scrum is the opportunity for the Developers collaborate to achieve the Sprint Goal.
○ Be aware of “meeting fatigue”; people tend to have a lot of meetings and that can affect the predisposition to misunderstandings.
● Different ways in which a Scrum Master can foster transparency:
○ Give the Developers a chance to evaluate how confident they are about achieving the Sprint Goal by the end of the Sprint.
○ Developers can be encouraged to reflect on the current progress.
○ Transparency and flow need to go along with simplicity and focus.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his Agile colleagues, Erik Lindgren, Hal Hogue, and Adam Ulery.
In this episode, they discuss a common question with respect to Teams: Should we choose long-running Teams or dynamically formed ones? These four Agile colleagues share today valuable examples on how to form Teams and practical ways to help Teams succeed at delivering high-value products.
Key Takeaways
Advantages of long-lived cross-functional Teams:
Cons of long-lived Teams:
There is not much flexibility.
What to do when someone’s professional goals push them in a different direction?
A Team could be kept together as long as possible but eventually, changes will happen.
What to consider when Teams are changing.
Keep the Team involved with the decisions that are being made.
What are the Team creation methods that work best?
A formal Team-forming workshop sets up Teams nicely for success, developing shared values.
Why not both long-run and dynamically formed Teams?
Decide with your colleagues what can work better, encouraging self-organized Teams, since it is always positive to decide how the Team wants to be organized for the task in question.
When to form a new Team?
If you have some special project or initiative that may require deep specialties in an area.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to “Podcast Ep. 5: Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”
Team of Teams: New Rules of Engagement for a Complex World, by Gen. Stanley McChrystal, Tantum Collins, David Silverman, and Chris Fussell
Netflix Documentary, The Last Dance
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two colleagues, Alba Uribe and Hal Hogue. In this episode, they are discussing what a Scrum Master does outside of the Scrum Team bubble. They dive deep into the roles of a Scrum Master as a teacher, coach, facilitator, and also as an impediment remover. Listen to this thoughtful conversation and find meaningful examples and valuable and applicable suggestions to live the Agile principles and promote their right implementation throughout your organization.
Key Takeaways
What does a Scrum Master do outside of the Scrum Team bubble?
A Scrum Master teaches, coaches, and facilitates.
A Scrum Master must look for opportunities to teach and coach while having conversations with the people in the organization to find those teachable moments.
What can you do as a Scrum Master to find other people who are participating in the Scrum Journey with you? How can they be engaged?
Get out there, communicate and bounce ideas with others. Build that culture and get those allies together.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek
The Zombie Scrum Survival Guide, by Christiaan Verwijs, Johannes Schartau, and Barry Overeem
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his Agile Thought colleagues, Hal Hogue and Mike Guiler to discuss a very particular question: What does a Scrum Master actually do all day?
In this episode, Dan, Hal, and Mike start by exploring what a Scrum Master does not do, then they discuss the many hats a Scrum Master wears, and how these several duties impact a Team’s performance. A Scrum Master provides tools and autonomy and makes sure that each Team member knows their accountabilities and the reasons behind the work they do.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Rosemary Atanga and Quincy Jordan. In this episode, they explore the answer to a very common question: How many teams can or should a Scrum Master Support? Dan, Rosemary, and Quincy talk about the role of a Scrum Master and how it is affected by supporting one, two, or even more Teams. They dive deep into many examples of when different ratios could work keeping effectiveness and a healthy environment as priorities.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
“The Scrum Master Checklist,” by Michael James.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two external guests today: Sarah Skillman and Mary Demain, both SEAM experts and Agile practitioners.
In this episode, Dan, Sarah, and Mary are talking about SEAM (Socio-Economic Approach to Management) and how leadership is the key to Agility. Sarah and Mary share their extensive knowledge and experience working with SEAM, helping organizations identify the dysfunctions that are causing problems in their systems, and guiding them towards more efficient ways of operating, considering the social and financial aspects involved as both crucial and interconnected.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Reengineering Alternative, by William Schneider
The SEAM Institute
Socio-Economic Approach to Management: Steering Organizations into the Future, by Alla Heorhiadi and John Conbere
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to explore the topic of scaled approaches independent of embracing an industry framework. In this episode, Dan and Adam are discussing scaling without adopting an Agile framework like SAFe. They share the reasons organizations use industry frameworks to scale, dive deep into the characteristics of SAFe and other frameworks, and describe the principles that need to be prioritized while scaling, such as Clarity of Vision, Goal Alignment, Frequent Delivery of Value, Planning and Coordination, and Transparency.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Back Mechanic, by Dr. Stuart McGill
Thinking Orthodox: Understanding and Acquiring the Orthodox Christian Mind, Eugenia Scarvelis Constantinou
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is diving deep into the topic of psychological safety, inspired by a couple of articles that got his special attention (references below). Dan is sharing in today’s episode the definition of psychological safety, its link to diversity in Teams and innovation, as well as some specific ways to foster psychological safety as the number one prerequisite for a successful Team.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
“Exploring Psychological Safety and Danger with Ola Tunde”
“Agile Doesn’t Work Without Psychological Safety,” by Timothy R. Clark
“Research: To Excel, Diverse Teams Need Psychological Safety,” Henrik Bresman and Amy C. Edmondson
“The five keys to a successful Google team,” by Julia Rozovsky
“8 ways to create psychological safety in the workplace,” by Greg Barnett, Ph.D.
Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard, by Chip Heath
Crucial Conversations: Tools for Talking When Stakes Are High, by Joseph Grenny, Ron McMillan, Al Switzler, and Kerry Patterson
Multiple Explanation: A Consider-an-Alternative Strategy for Debiasing Judgments, Edward R. Hirt and Keith D. Markman
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is sharing what he has learned from his continuous learning journey that brought him to acting classes several months ago and that now involves him getting a part as an actor in a play. Dan learned from his acting classes a lot of wisdom that can also be applied to Agility and in the delivery of value to the organization and he is sharing it in today’s episode.
Key Takeaways
● Role clarity is crucial.
○ Expectations are related to the role you are playing.
○ Not every decision has to be made by consensus. Not everyone on the Team must agree.
○ There’s a time and a place for people to share ideas.
○ Ask permission to share feedback, and make sure you are invited in.
● Embrace the fact that estimations and plans will change.
○ Your estimate is always going to be wrong.
● What can you do to make sure you are prepared to bring your whole self to the work?
○ How does your individual performance affect the whole team?
● Personal accountability:
○ Who is responsible for what?
○ Know your part but also don’t ignore the others’ accountabilities
• Ask questions if you need clarification.
○ Advocate for your own needs: What do you need to be successful?
● Transitions:
○ Reflect and think through the transitions to improve them.
○ What are the triggers for change?
● Risk assessing:
○ How can you forecast risks? You can’t eliminate risk. Things will go wrong, and you will need to adjust in time.
● Take care of people.
○ People are not resources; we are complicated and our emotional and physical needs have to be contemplated.
○ Let people know what is coming; uncertainty is uncomfortable.
○ Be clear about starting with an ending in mind.
○ Reach out to your people, be supportive, check how they are doing.
• • Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
• • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
• • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Kristan Chavious and Quincy Jordan, two returning guests and colleagues.
In this episode, they are discussing the very special topic of empathy and how it can be a challenge to practice it in fast-paced settings; it can be tough to reconcile empathy with moving fast but there is a significant value in it.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Do Nothing: How to Break Away from Overworking, Overdoing, and Underliving, by Celeste Headlee
The Ruthless Elimination of Hurry: How to Stay Emotionally Healthy and Spiritually Alive in the Chaos of the Modern World, by John Mark Comer
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three colleagues Alba Uribe, Quincy Jordan, and Justin Thatil, to have a second conversation about vulnerability, especially about the patterns Teams can fall into that are a threat to vulnerability and the overall safety of the work environment.
In this episode, they explore these dangerous antipatterns and how to prevent them.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Ep. 171: Fostering Vulnerability in Agile Teams
Positive Intelligence
Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Misi Eyetsemitan and together they are exploring the value of Empiricism beyond the Scrum Team.
In this episode, Dan and Misi dive deep into the meaning of Empiricism and how it contributes to a Scrum Team predictability. Empiricism leads to more effective decision-making and is considered a powerful tool to manage expectations within an organization; you can’t miss this episode for a thoughtful discussion of its extent.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Positive Intelligence
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his colleagues Alba Uribe, Quincy Jordan, and Justin Thatil. In today’s episode, they are exploring the concept of vulnerability as it is introduced by Brené Brown and its meaning for Scrum Masters and Agile Coaches who are seeking to foster a safe environment where vulnerability is welcomed and celebrated.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Seat of the Soul, by Gary Zukav
Positive Intelligence
Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Adam Ulery and Kris Chavious.
In this episode, Dan, Adam, and Kris are answering a listener who asked about the Dos and Don’ts of a Scrum Master. They cover topics such as culture, how to handle time boxes, meetings, and the challenging role of a Scrum Master removing impediments, among others.
Key Takeaways
● Dos for a Scrum Master:
○ As a Scrum Master, you bring the culture to the team. People share more when they are comfortable; a light and energetic atmosphere is important.
○ Get to know the people on your team.
○ A Scrum Master needs to be the positive force to the team.
○ Joke around! Make work fun.
○ How do you level down the stress in teams? Incorporate personal stories to lighten things up or play music (instrumental if there are activities to be done).
● Dos and Don’ts related to time boxes:
○ Some people may not understand what that means.
○ Time boxes are a maximum point but if you finish earlier it’s just fine.
○ Don’t be authoritarian about the time box.
○ Be mindful of the time box, but make sure to leave some time for people to share if something is pending or needs to be addressed in a future meeting.
● The Role of a Scrum Master removing impediments:
○ Enabling and facilitating are roles of the Scrum Master but he is not responsible for solving all the problems.
○ A Scrum Master needs to bring thinking tools to the team and know how to ask questions in order to achieve a solution.
● Don’t unnecessarily schedule meetings!
● Scrum Masters shouldn’t be an extreme micromanager.
○ You don’t have to be on your team every day, we are all professionals. There are mechanisms set to see the progress of the work every day.
● As a Scrum Master, you sometimes have to have uncomfortable conversations.
○ Don’t tolerate damaging behavior, address it right away!
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his Agile Coach’s colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Adam Ulery.
In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Adam are answering a listener’s question who is just entering the role of a Scrum Master in the organization he works for and realized that it’s going through the consequences of a lack of the application of the ADKAR model. This listener asks for help in order to prevent his team from completely crashing and burning with the adoption of the SAFe methodology tasked by the leadership.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scaled Agile Framework
LACE
Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine
Scrum Guide
Kanban: Successful Evolutionary Change for Your Technology Business (aka “blue book”)
A Simpler Intro to Kanban
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Andrea Floyd, colleague and principal consultant at AgileThought, to discuss different ways of helping Agile Practices to take root and thrive within organizations.
In this episode, you will find an opportunity to reflect on your Agile Journey, identify the aspects where adjustments can be made, and reinforce the Agile Mindset for it to really take root, become sustainable, and have all the positive impacts possible.
Key Takeaways
● An Agile Journey needs tune-ups.
○ Taking care of things is action-oriented.
○ Taking a moment to reflect is part of practicing awareness.
● What can impede an Agile Journey to thrive?
○ Not paying attention to accountabilities across the teams. It is important to take a moment to agree on accountabilities.
● How can we create accountabilities when a gap is spotted?
○ Create a space where people can contribute.
○ Our words are important, make sure the words you choose to use are understood. Create a glossary of terms to help with that alignment.
○ Listen and observe the ways people are working together.
● Find the whys behind what is being done.
○ Forecast rather than plan.
● Tune-ups are about inspecting and adapting (and that needs to be visible).
● We don’t succeed without our people.
○ Care for your people and do no harm.
○ Focus on empathy and safety.
○ People are not hired to be a widget in a machine, a safe environment should encourage people to share their experiences and thoughts.
○ Are we incentivizing the right behaviors and the mindsets that support them?
● Business Agility is linked to Influential Leaders.
○ Agile Journeys have more opportunities to succeed if we have engaged leaders.
○ Andrea and Dan talk about the difference between engagement and support.
○ An inspiring leader creates communities to promote Agility.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, Shirzard Chamine
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Share These Tweets!
“Taking care of things is action-oriented “ — Andrea Floyd
“Our words are impactful, make sure the words you choose to use are understood.” — Andrea Floyd
“Create safety for people to bring their past experiences to grow from them, people are not hired to be a widget in a machine.” — Dan Neumann
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a colleague, friend, and Professional Scrum Trainer, Eric Landes.
In this episode, Dan and Eric are answering a listener’s question that arises from an episode in which Change Fatigue was discussed; the listener wants to hear more about cases observed of Change Fatigue in Teams and Organizations and how they can be dealt with. They wonder if it is ever OK for a team on the path to Agility to say: “We made a really good progress; let’s take our foot off the pedal of continuous improvement and just cruise for a while!”
Key Takeaways
● What does Change Fatigue look like?
○ One-week sprints can exhaust Teams; speed is good but the Team’s engagement is a priority.
○ The retrospective after a Sprint is designed to be a moment to take a step back and reflect, maybe celebrating what is working well as opposed to meaningful process change.
● How to avoid Change Fatigue?
○ A way of avoiding Change Fatigue is by hosting the retrospective after a Sprint in another setting where the Team can unwind.
○ Try to change the mood, promoting a fun and easy atmosphere.
○ Think of places where you can give your Team a little rest and also listen to your Team’s suggestions about where would they like to go for a little relaxation.
○ The change might be needing to pause on changing.
● There is a potential of doing Change wrong.
○ Change is done wrong when you’ve lost the ability to deliver.
○ In Scrum, when you bring changes on they can only be one or two into a Sprint.
○ Ask yourself: Is this change effective?
● Apply, reflect, and adjust.
○ You not only have to be constantly doing!
○ It is OK to rest (by the way, it is needed!)
○ Every task is in a series; just work on one at a time. Don’t worry about the whole thing, just about the next thing.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Episode 53: “Why Should Scrum Teams Continually Improve” where Change Fatigue was first discussed
Agile Retrospective: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diana Larsen, with forward by Ken Schwaber
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi Kalala in today’s episode to explore the differences between Agile Missionaries and Agile Mercenaries, considering a missionary someone who is there to help and assist the team on its journey, and a mercenary, who is paid to “hit,” who can reinforce misconceptions, and even execute tasks that are not coherent with the Agile Values and Principles.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a repeated guest, Quincy Jordan. Today they are talking about the vital importance of getting Agile Teams and initiatives off to a good start.
In this episode, they discuss the things that need to happen outside the Teams and that also need to involve them, what elements are required to support the Team and what to expect from them. Listen to this episode to learn more about how to support a Scrum Team to have the best start possible.
Key Takeaways
.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, Lyssa Adkins
Blog post by Esther Derby: “Building Effective Teams: Miss the Start, Miss the End”
Liftoff: Launching Agile Teams & Projects, Diana Larsen and Ainsley Niles
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to continue the conversation in regard to Organizational Change. In the previous episode, they discussed the first two steps proposed by the ADKAR Model for Change Management (Awareness and Desire), and today they follow with Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to accompany you on Christmas Eve in an Agile way. This time of the year is for reflection, to be grateful about the blessing of the year as well as a time to think about what wants to be changed and improved.
This episode is the first of two where Adam and Dan talk about organizational change management and present the steps involved in the ADKAR Method: Awareness, Desire, Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement as they dive deep into the first two steps: Awareness and Desire.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Agile Santa (Dan Neumann), your host, is joined by Hal Hogue, Misi Eyetsemitan, Alba Uribe, Rosemary Atanga, and Jesus Gerardo de la Fuente Garcia in this very special Christmas Special. Agile Santa is taking some Christmas requests from these very special coaches as well as listening to what they are grateful for about this year’s work.
Key Takeaways
● Gerardo tells Agile Santa his favorite part of this year’s work and what is on his Agile Santa list.
○ Having a global and multicultural team.
○ Team members have served their stakeholders, delivering value and outcomes, and also used the Sprint Reviews to showcase their work.
○ Gerardo wishes to be better at story mapping.
● Hal talks to Agile Santa.
○ Hal is grateful for working with people, getting involved with Agile teams, helping them understand the way behind the tasks they are working on, and growing as individuals, as teams, and even helping entire organizations with their own Agile Transformation.
○ Hal confesses that he struggles sometimes with being judgmental, so he has been reminding himself to be curious instead.
○ Hal wishes he could know his clients and coworkers personally, on a more human level.
● Elf Misi presents Coach Alba who shares her wishes with Agile Santa.
○ Alba wishes to have organizations embrace an Agile Mindset, understanding all the value that Agile can bring.
● Elf Misi introduces Rosemary to Agile Santa and she shares her Christmas wishes with him.
○ Rosemary has been a good coach, looking after everybody on her team, making sure they are doing what they are supposed to do, and giving them the support that they needed.
○ Rosemary wishes Agile Santa makes real all the outstanding things Agile Teams are waiting to happen.
○ Rosemary asks for consistent encouragement and motivation.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Team Building Activity
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde to talk about Agile Leadership; this is certainly a recurrent topic, but a needed one, since it is easy not to really have leadership in place as part of an Agile Journey or even some organizations’ leaders don’t really know how to contribute.
In this episode, Ola and Dan share the differences between a manager and a leader, and the features that define a great leader, as the necessary piece for an organization to really thrive.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership: Follow Them and People Will Follow You, by John C. Maxwell
Agile Marketing: From Waterfall to Water Flow, by Konstantinos Giamalis
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by the AgileThought colleague Jesus Gerardo De La Fuente Garcia to continue the conversation started in Episode 159 about the many hats of a Scrum Master. In the previous episode, they dove deep into the role of a Scrum Master as a teacher and today you will hear their discussion about the roles of mentor and Coach.
In this episode, Gerardo outlines the differences between mentoring and coaching, explaining the various functions a Scrum Master assumes in each of these roles.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a first-time guest and AgileThought colleague Jesus Gerardo De La Fuente Garcia. Thanksgiving is here, and a lot of what Coaches and Scrum Masters do is about giving.
In this episode, Dan and Gerardo dive deep into the role of a Scrum Master as a teacher, leaving for a future episode the two other roles, being one as a coach and the other as a mentor. They explain the meaning of a team, the values implied in it, and how a Scrum Master can foster a safe environment for a team to thrive.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum Mastery: From Good to Great Servant-Leadership, by Geoff Watts
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this last installment of our Thanksgiving-related short episodes, Hal Hogue shares what he is thankful for. Have a fantastic Thanksgiving!
This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Erik Lindgren shares what he is thankful for.
This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Lucy Lin shares what she is thankful for.
This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Alba Uribe shares what she is thankful for.
This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Mariano Oliveti shares what he is thankful for.
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Alba Uribe and Michael Guiler, to explore the concept of User Story Mapping.
In this episode, Dan, Alba, and Michael are diving deep into different approaches to starting backlog; they describe the benefits of story mapping and explain why it is a great tool to achieve a shared understanding throughout the whole team. Listen to this episode to achieve a comprehensive understanding of Story Mapping with various examples that will help you put this concept into practice.
Key Takeaways
● Why is Story Mapping a great way to create a product backlog?
○ All the team can see the overall vision and what is in the mind of the product owner.
○ It is a way to identify the release strategy.
○ Story Mapping can be a helpful tool when change needs to be embraced.
● Mechanics about how to create a User Story Map.
○ Who? Story Mapping starts with the user.
○ What are the goals to achieve? A journey map for the team including all pain points.
○ How? Identify how to address those pain points.
○ Organizing left to right and top to bottom.
● Examples of Story Mapping and Minimum Viable Product (MVP).
○ Alba shares how she uses Story Mapping in her work as an artist.
● Story Mapping can go wrong.
○ Not knowing how to identify your MVP.
○ Having difficulty identifying opportunities for learning.
○ The what and the why need to be addressed for Story Mapping, not just the how.
○ Having someone with experience in Story Mapping is hugely important for the process to develop the best way possible.
○ There need to be conversations about how Story Mapping will be done.
Mentioned in this Episode:
User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton and Peter Economy
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
Medical Medium: Cleanse to Heal, by Anthony Williams
Lean Enterprise: How High Performance Organizations Innovate at Scale, by Jez Humble, Joanne Molesky, and Barry O’Reilly
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues at AgileThought, Ola Tunde and Lucy Lin. In this episode, they explore the true meaning of Agile Leadership. They dive deep into the core of an Agile Leader, someone who can foster a safe environment where a team feels free to speak up, innovate, and take action. Dan, Ola, and Lucy discuss the value of balancing the left and the right sides of the Agile Manifesto, as well as providing strategies for leaders to become more Agile. This episode contains lots of great analogies, real examples, and valuable book recommendations in the field of Agile Leadership.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink
Servant Leadership: A Journey into the Nature of Legitimate Power and Greatness, by Robert K. Greenleaf
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders, by L. David Marquet
Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don’t, by Simon Sinek
Mastering Marketing Agility: Transform Your Marketing Teams and Evolve Your Organization, by Andrea Fryrear
HBR Harvard Business Review: “For an Agile Transformation, Choose the Right People:
Identify Your ‘Hidden Stars’ and Other Vital Players”, by Rob Cross, Heidi K. Gardner, and Alia Crocker
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by six collaborators to this very special episode in which the third year anniversary of the Agile Coaches’ Corner is being celebrated!
In this episode, Ola Tunde, Steve Sladoje, Adam Ulery, Erica Menendez, Andrea Floyd, and Quincy Jordan are sharing their experiences during this last year, they are talking about the challenges and discoveries of working remotely, and how the future looks like now that we all find ourselves living a “new normal” as a result of the COVID 19 pandemic. Special thanks and appreciation to all listeners and collaborators who have been following and allowing Agile Coaches’ Corner to turn three years of age!
Key Takeaways
● Thoughts about remote working.
○ We lived in a virtual world that now is turning hybrid.
○ Sometimes pivoting and changing can be challenging, but the faster you adapt to the changes, the better.
○ There is no replacement for in-person interactions, but seeing people on camera is better than just voice.
● Is the remote nature impeding Agility principles?
○ Face-to-face interaction also includes video.
○ You can still be engaged with customers and stakeholders by being visible and present, they need to know that your productivity hasn’t declined.
● What does trust look like in a remote work situation?
○ Being trusted in remote working is directly related to how you manage expectations.
○ To promote trust increase communication and make sure that your calendar matches it too.
○ Forge relationships with people.
○ Trust is an essential foundation for enabling teams to be self-organizing and self-managing.
● The Agile Manifesto states that the most effective communications are the ones that happen face-to-face, how has this changed in our current reality?
○ Nothing beats the richness of communicating face-to-face, but effective communication can be achieved if we are flexible.
○ There is a need to relook at ways of successful communication, we need to use preexisting enablers and get more creative.
● How have videos helped to enable better communication?
○ Not everyone can use video and still effective communication can be reached.
○ The constant use of screens can challenge our abilities to stay focused and really be present.
● Finding the right place to work remotely can be a challenge.
○ Everyone should have their own designated space to work.
● Where can things go from here? Are we going back to the “traditional” collaboration tools?
○ The technology that was developed and put into practice during the pandemic can be incorporated into the work back at the office.
● How can leadership embrace the “new normal”?
○ We should not hurry into going back to the office since there are plenty of advantages in remote working; communication, collaboration, and effectiveness are reached without the costs, risks, and expenses of working from the office.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Hal Hogue and Erica Menendez, colleagues and consultants at AgileThought.
In this episode, they are delivering a Scary Stand Up as a special edition for Halloween. Get ready for a unique, funny, and terrifying show where they are diving deep into how frightening certain aspects of an Agile life can be, from Daily Scrum to Sprint plannings. Dan, Hal, and Erica are sharing valuable examples and giving great tips and suggestions to enhance the daily work and move towards the set goals in an authentic Agile way.
Key Takeaways
● Facilitating Daily Scrums can be scary!
○ When the Scrum Master is leading a meeting people tend to just focus on them.
○ Understanding the “why” behind the Daily Scrum is crucial.
○ The Scrum Master needs to give the team space.
○ Respecting the time box is necessary.
○ Collaboration needs to take place throughout the day, not only during Scrum meetings.
● The Chickens and Pigs metaphor is outdated, stop using it!
○ There is a danger in using the chickens and pigs metaphor since it creates walls and barriers to collaboration.
○ It has not been in the Scrum Guide for about a decade.
● Instead of too much chattering, a board can be used as a visual tool to help coordinate the plan for the next 24hrs in a Daily Scrum.
○ Remember that a board cannot replace a conversation.
● Scary Sprint Planning! Boooohhhh!
○ Stop bullying someone for a task that is carried over, it is the whole team’s responsibility in the first place.
○ The Scrum values should be embodied all the time.
○ The team is really working towards the Sprint Goal, is not a really big deal if one task is carried over.
○ Remember to define the Why, the What, and the How.
○ Being remote makes the work even more challenging.
● Sprint Reviews can be horrific!
○ A short Sprint Review does not mean it is a good one! Are you considering the reason behind it?
○ Sprint Reviews are great opportunities for feedback, don’t waste them!
○ What is the Increment like? Where does the team want to go next?
○ Everybody should be together in a Sprint Review.
● Embrace your scary stories, this is how you learn and improve!
Mentioned in this Episode:
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, Lyssa Adkins
The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, JJ Sutherland
The Reengineering Alternative, William Schneider
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Hal Hogue.
In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Hal are talking about the books that have been influential to them and what they learned from them. Continuous learning is a crucial piece of the work at AgileThought, and this is why today, you are invited to this special space called The Book Club.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Mariano Oliveti, both AgileThought colleagues. They are addressing today a very important topic, which is how to successfully address individual behaviors that might threaten your team’s performance.
In this episode, they dive deep into three efficiency killers: procrastination, avoidance, and delay, while providing strategies and ways to treat these individual behaviors to effectively achieve teams’ goals and objectives.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Take the Stairs: 7 Steps to Achieving True Success, by Rory Vaden
Learn more about Life Coaching vs Agile Coaching:
“Coaching and Agile Coaching: Same Same or Different?”
“Agile Coaching vs. Professional Coaching”
“Are Agile Coaches Really Coaches?”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Chris Pipito, Agile Coach, to talk about Scrum cling-ons and culture shift.
In this episode, Dan and Chris are talking about the aspects that cling to the Scrum framework and really impede organizations’ ability to shift cultures from where they were to a point where there are more Agile stands using the Scrum structure. Dan and Chris dive deep into the roles of Scrum, the struggles faced when trying to achieve a culture shift, the real purpose of sprint reviews, and how to narrow stories (instead of splitting them) among other valuable inputs on the matter.
Key Takeaways
● The three roles of Scrum: The Scrum Master, Developers, and the Product Owner.
○ Product and Portfolio managers do not exist in Scrum.
○ For anyone who does not fit into these three roles, there is a need to find a place in the organization where the employee’s skills can be applied and are valued.
● What is really a culture shift?
○ The team sizing is an important matter as well as not having the team departmentalized bureaucracy.
○ The necessary organization needs to be in place for different departments to work together.
○ In most organizations, people don’t even read the Scrum Guide and they work with people who don’t have the proper certifications either, then, as a result, the entire experience with Scrum and Agile is not that satisfactory.
● The cling-ons make it easier not to change behaviors.
○ Is the team clear about the reasons why they are building something? What is the goal that the team is looking to achieve? Standardized forms sometimes do not contribute to the overall goal of a project.
○ Are you talking directly with your customer?
○ What is really the point of the Sprint Review? To inspect the increment and respond to the new information.
○ Teams who work on properly-sized stories check on the customer to make sure they are on the right path; this is much better than assuming they are right.
○ Narrowing stories is different than splitting them; you need to keep the overall objective you are trying to achieve as well as all the different things that you will be able to do, then narrowing that to a “happy path” to build it, without missing the core functionality of what you are trying to reach.
● What are the challenges to be confronted in order to make a shift towards Agility in an organization?
○ Regarding departments, the teams’ sizes need to be appropriate.
○ Make sure you look for the skill sets that are needed in each team before just assigning one.
○ Assess the resource allocation fallacy: It’s not about “getting the maximum utilization out of the fungible resources”
○ Tip to try in bigger organizations: One group could be separated and treated as if it is an entire organization and show them the results of what is coming up. Sometimes this might mean keeping “management” out.
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of the Learning Organization, by Peter Senge
Mob Programming: A Whole Team Approach, by Woodie Zuill and Kevin Meadows
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Buyi Kalala, to explore the topic of diversity in teams.
In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Buyi talk about some of the challenges they have encountered in regards to diversity, sharing their observations, and experiences in regards to how diversity can enhance the work of a team but also highlighting the real challenges that come with it.
Key Takeaways
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde, who is a principal consultant in AgileThought Company. In today’s episode, Ola and Dan discuss the topic of psychological safety and psychological danger; they dive deep into the meaning of these two concepts, providing valuable and practical examples.
Psychological safety needs to be promoted by leaders to foster innovation and to create a better atmosphere where employees can express themselves in an authentic way without fearing failure, but on the contrary, embracing every mistake as a learning opportunity.
Key Takeaways
What are some strategies that team members could provide for creating more psychological safety?
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, Follow Them, and People Will Follow You, by John Maxwell
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan, who is a Director, Innovate-executive advisor, and a recurrent contributor to the Agile Coaches’ Corner. Today Dan and Quincy are exploring a very interesting topic often brought up by organizations: Which team is the Rock Star Team?
In this episode, you will hear about how to identify the best team, avoiding common mistakes such as measuring teams on their velocity or delivery rates, and also, how to understand what an organization really wants when they ask for the best team.
Key Takeaways
What are the drivers behind the question from organizations asking for the best team?
What are some classic ways in which organizations try to measure a team’s productivity?
Possible impediments for a team.
Mentioned in this Episode:
God Is My CEO: Following God’s Principles in a Bottom-Line World, Larry Julian.
Learn more about Quincy Jordan
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a guest from outside of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Mike Dionne, who is a Scrum Master and Coach, to explore some of the valuable work he has done with teams from a coaching standpoint.
In this episode, Mike shares how to make work fun and attractive so people would hate Fridays and love Mondays. Mike dives deep into the crucial importance of participation, collaboration, creating a safe environment that fosters vulnerability, and how to promote self-propelling and self-organizing teams.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Mentor: The Kid & The CEO, by Tom Pace with Walter Jenkins
Mike Dionne on Linked-In
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan, Director of the Innovative Line of Service at AgileThought. In this episode, Dan and Quincy dive deep into the topic of metrics, especially in the aspects that should be taken under special consideration while running an Agile Team. These Agile experts go through different areas in which metrics can be applied such as:
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
God Is My CEO: Following God's Principles in a Bottom-Line World, by Larry S. Julian Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two Agile colleagues, Sam Falco and M.C. Moore. In today’s episode, they are taking a little trip back in time to explore the impact Frederick Winslow Taylor had on modern work. Taylor has been called the father of Scientific Management and his thinking pervades the way teams work today.
In this episode, the book The Principles of Scientific Management and its principles are explored in comparison to the Agile modern ways. You will hear about effectiveness, interactions, trust, productivity, creativity, and accountability, among other valuable concepts that today are seen and approached in significantly different manners as a result of the evolution and progress in this field.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Principles of Scientific Management, by Frederick Winslow Taylor
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel Pink
Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini
Project Gutenberg: Books by Frederick Winslow Taylor
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his AgileThought colleagues, Carlos Romero, Justin Thatil, and Mariano Oliveti to talk about different cultures and how they impact agility.
In today’s episode, you will hear about the concept of power distance and how it differs in different cultures with real examples of how organizations work in several countries around the globe. These three experts also share their knowledge regarding the diverse levels of uncertainty avoidance in different cultures and how it impacts agility.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Carlos Romero
Justin Thatil
Mariano Oliveti
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Brian Pivar, Senior Director of Data and Analytics at The Kraft Heinz Company. There is a lot of Agile in the software community and Kraft Heinz is one of the companies practicing the Agile way.
In this episode, Brian shares extensively about his career at Kraft and how he started the digital revolution in the organization, promoting a culture change and encouraging different ways of functioning through Agile. Brian dives deep into his approach regarding recruiting and developing talent, as well as emphasizes the importance of following solid leadership principles that he details during this thoughtful conversation.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Kraft Heinz Company
Brian Pivar
Your Next Five Moves: Master the Art of Business Strategy, Patrick Bet-David
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann and Sam Falco are together to talk about sprint duration. A common question is “How long should my sprint be?” followed by the classic consultant answer… “It depends.”
Today, Dan and Sam are sharing the definition of sprint and how you can decide the right length of a sprint for your team. They explore different sprint durations, from less than a week up to a month, and how to pick the one that benefits everyone on the team.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum
Check “Episode 34: Sam Falco on Understanding the Definition of Done in Scrum”
The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning Out of the Crisis (The MIT Press), W. Edward Deming
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a first-time guest on the podcast, Seth Jacobs. He is a Sr. Director of Experience Design at AgileThought.
In this episode, Seth talks about technical excellence, from a design language and design system pattern to help the audience understand how these systems and patterns can be started and used, as well as the implications of evolving them over time.
Key Takeaways
Where are some of the places where technical excellence really pays off from an agility standpoint?
How is standardization balanced to avoid getting stuck?
How is the feedback received from people who are working from the design patterns in order for them to continue to evolve?
Why are the elements of a design system so valuable? How do they pay off?
How should organizations react to changes?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Learn more about Seth Jacobs
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Nicole Scheffler who is an Engineering Leader from VMware. Nicole has some passion projects around the Tech Diva Success collection, including podcasts, books, and courses, all with diversity as their main component.
Tech is a field that is not particularly diverse and that is the reason why in today’s episode, Nicole is sharing the meaning of diversity, inclusion, and equity and what that might look like in the workplace from an organization to an individual level.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Pillars of Success, by Nicole Scheffler
Purl, directed by Kristen Lester and produced by Gillian Libbert-Duncan
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a recurrent guest, Adam Ulery, to talk about the importance of aligning strategy with execution as a necessary step to reach the top-level vision at an organization. The lack of alignment between strategy and execution is often seen among leadership teams and portfolio management teams and is manifested in program and delivery teams as well. This deficiency is mostly perceived as a symptom, not realizing that is the root cause.
In this episode, Dan and Adam discuss some of the root causes of the lack of alignment, they share strategies to organizations that are lacking alignment, and they dive deep into how to measure if a company is moving closer or farther from its strategy in order to enable accountability in every sector of the organization.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Listen to Episode 138: “Strategic vs. Tactical Decisions and Actions with Adam Ulery”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Recently, Sam and Dan discussed velocity; an important metric to agile teams, and what it looks like when used correctly vs. incorrectly. In keeping with this theme, they’re exploring two other important metrics that are also often misused and misunderstood: story points and user stories.
Story points and user stories are all-too-commonly misused. In this episode, Sam and Dan debunk some of the common misunderstandings, share how both concepts are often misused, personal experiences in their roles as agile coaches, and how to correctly use them.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 135: “Exploring Velocity: What is iI? How Do We Measure It? How Can We Leverage It?”
Lean Coffee
User Stories Applied: For Agile Software Development, by Mike Cohn
Killer Nashville
Devil in a Blue Dress: An Easy Rawlins Mystery, by Walter Mosley
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by return guest, and Senior Consultant in AgileThought’s Innovate line of service, Adam Ulery! Adam is a perpetually curious, continuous learner who is always willing to encourage others to try new things (as he very often does himself). He is very focused on helping organizations clarify and meet their business outcomes, and he loves to help companies become resilient and rediscover their curiosity.
In this episode, they are exploring the topic of strategic vs. tactical decisions and actions in agility. Adam explains why it is important to make this distinction; why, as leaders, we need to be focused on strategy more than tactics; the key differences between a strategic and tactical perspective; and tips, techniques, and advice for navigating strategy vs. tactics.
Key Takeaways
Why is it important to distinguish between strategic vs. tactical decisions and actions?
With the distinction, leaders will often focus too much on the tactics and not enough on the strategy or strategic duties
Organizations are often focused on the tactical details of what’s happening in their business and less on the strategy — distinguishing between the two allow for a more healthy/appropriate balance
Why is focusing more on tactics rather than strategy bad? What are common anti-patterns?
As a leader, you shouldn’t be too involved in the micro-details of what to do to fix an issue (instead, let the people closest to the work do the work)
As a leader, you should be focusing on the higher-level leadership activities rather than getting granular on what the experts should be doing on a micro-level
If you’re too focused on the details of what your team is doing, you’re slowing down the decision-making
Employees that are being watched/queried by a higher-level leader are going to end up slowing down and deferring to them to make decisions where they don’t need to (which eventually leads to demotivation down the line)
If the leader continues to operate in this way (of micro-managing) the employees don’t have the time to cultivate and nurture the competencies and higher skills needed to be self-sufficient
Focusing on tactics more takes eyes off of meeting the strategic outcomes that are desired
Instead of focusing on: “Does the team have the right priorities?” focus on: “Is what we’re putting out to market this month aligned with our organizational goals?”
Leaders should be focusing on higher-level things (i.e. business outcomes and ensuring they are aligned to the organization’s strategy)
Focusing on tactics as a leader also takes eyes off of improving the system in which people are working (for example: building customer loyalty by delivering what they need quickly and reliably)
If leaders are focusing on embracing technical excellence and the small details of how to actually get those activities coordinated and executed on, then they’re not focusing on the higher-level strategy of building customer loyalty or the long-term view
If leaders are getting in the trenches and focusing on low-level things, it distracts them from being able to think about long-range goals
The differences between a strategic and tactical perspective:
A tactical perspective is shorter-range and a strategic perspective is longer-range
If you’re a leader, you add value by executing on the strategy, creating vision, and growing your people
On the operational level, you add value by “doing the thing”/executing on deliverables
Neither is better than the other; it’s just about how you want to add value, where you’re focusing, and where you want to spend your time
Tips for how to navigate strategy vs. tactics:
Leaders need to work on their fears associated with letting go of control and do what they need to do in order to let others take control and be self-sufficient
Leaders need to enable and equip their people by making sure that they are competent and skilled before they take control (if you give control at the wrong point, you risk massive downsides)
As a leader, allow your people to be accountable (and teach them how to be accountable); and as they build their skills, competencies, and they’re able to take over; let them be accountable
As a leader, it is your duty to make sure that everyone knows what the strategy is and that they understand it (because it is hard to align to a strategy if you don’t know what it is)
Do introspection, self-study, look in and analyze your own behavior and actions as a leader — are you too “in the weeds” with tactics?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Adam Ulery’s LinkedIn
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by L. David Marquet
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 135: “Exploring Velocity: What is It? How Do We Measure It? How Can We Leverage It?”
Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days, by Jake Knapp
Stanford d.school
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by a return guest and AgileThought colleague, Michael Guiler. Mike has been an agile coach for over 15 years and has experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (in both the business and technology fields) to transform and better achieve their goals. For the last year and a half, Mike has been with AgileThought as an Agile Consultant.
Together, Dan and Mike are discussing employee engagement and what organizations and leadership can do to improve it. Mike shares 2020 employee engagement statistics, what creates engagement, the differences between managers and leaders (and why this is important), and the key tips on what we can all do to drive employee engagement forward.
Key Takeaways
2020 employee engagement statistics:
Only 36% of the people in an organization are actively engaged
50% of the people are “going along for the ride”/are ambivalent
14% of people are actively looking to “get off the train”/actively disengaged
That adds up to 64% of the people in an organization are not giving the best they can give
The good: the actively engaged employee percentage has been consistently going up year after year since 2009
What can we do to improve these statistics? What would make employees more engaged?
People want to do know why they are doing what they’re doing, have autonomy over it, understand what the goal is, and have a purpose
Don’t micromanage people as a manager or leader in an organization
Transition managers into leadership roles
Managers in an organization need to make sure employees understand autonomy, mastery, and purpose if they really want to help motivate and engage their people (Daniel Pink’s book, Drive)
Managers need to make sure that the organization’s vision is very clear to everyone
Ask, “Where are we headed? What are we trying to achieve?” Becoming self-managing and engaging will lead to employee motivation but the goal first needs to be understood
If the vision is too big or too far out, employees can’t visualize it (as a leader, you need to break this vision down into smaller, shorter-term goals so that getting from A-Z is understood)
The product goal should be tied to the organizational vision
If something isn’t fulfilling the goal, end it/throw it away
The goal should be shared early, often, and everywhere
Share examples of things that were accomplished in the organization that fulfill said goal
Managers vs. Leaders (and how leaders can improve employee engagement):
A manager is somebody that is task-oriented, activity tracking, and only concerned about their own actions
A leader is focused on the “us”/what “we” achieved, improving the environment for those who work within it, and enabling their team to succeed
An organization’s duty is to develop its managers into leaders, hire leaders, and foster an environment for leaders
Keep in mind the recent shift to the Scrum Guide from “Servant-leader” to “leading by serving”
It is important for managers/leaders to create a safe environment for people to engage without punishment/ridicule for making mistakes
As a leader, it is important to understand that sometimes good decisions can lead to bad outcomes and bad decisions can lead to good outcomes (so don’t punish, but rather explore this concept and create safety for employees)
Leadership is not proportional to the time spent talking in meetings
You have to give people the space to talk, explore, and share
A tip for giving others space in conversation: Ask yourself before speaking, “Does it need to be said? Does it need to be said by me? And does it need to be said right now?”
Tips for leaders for improving engagement:
Provide clarity on what the problems are that employees are expected to take on
There are many different ways to solve any given problem — as a leader, it is your job to point out the problem and give space to your people to explore the options and solve it their way
Create a safe environment and boost engagement in meetings by asking questions, inviting people to speak, sharing the spotlight, resisting the urge to provide answers
Emphasize “we” language, not “you” or “I” (i.e. if the team experiences “failure,” don’t place the blame on a single individual)
Own your own mistakes as a leader
Mentioned in this Episode:
Michael Guiler’s LinkedIn
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 121: “Self-Managing vs. Self-Organizing with Michael Guiler”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 87: “Intent-Based Leadership with Michael Guiler”
“What is Employee Engagement and How Do You Improve It?” Gallup
“Historic Drop in Employee Engagement Follows Record Rise” Gallup
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink
Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke
Tribal Leadership: Leveraging Natural Groups to Build a Thriving Organization, by Dave Logan, John King, and Halee Fischer-Wright
Lean Enterprise: How High Performance Organizations Innovate at Scale, by Jez Humble, Joanne Molesky, and Barry O’Reilly
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Most literature around starting an agile (or scrum) team makes the assumption that you will be starting from scratch. But oftentimes, you’re joining an organization with teams that are in the middle of a half-built or fully-built product.
As an agile coach being brought into an organization, you usually have to work with pre-existing teams that are in the middle of their product life cycle with pre-existing behaviors and norms.
In this episode, Dan and Sam are exploring what it is actually like starting in the middle of an agile journey and offer their tips and advice for agile coaches in addressing common challenges associated with pre-formed teams, products in the middle of their life cycle, and organizations already in the middle of their agile journey.
Key Takeaways
The different ways you can be “in the middle”:
In the middle of an agile journey
In the middle of team formation (or by working with an already fully-formed team)
In the middle of building a product
A combination of all three
Addressing challenges of joining a team that is in the middle:
There needs to be a mindset shift around the whole team being accountable (rather than each individual for themselves)
When a team already has its behaviors and norms established, they can be nervous with new roles and expectations being introduced
It is important to respect the team’s history and knowledge
Scrum doesn’t say “abandon your job titles,” rather, ‘‘You work out how you want your team to look. As long as you can get to done.” (i.e. it’s okay to stick with your original job titles as long as you remember that you’re all in this together as a team; not individuals)
Those in senior positions (i.e. those with more expertise and experience) should shift into a mentorship role for those junior to them
Recognize that the team is going to have to take smaller bites at the apple every sprint instead of taking on these huge challenges that will take months
Create safety by delivering in smaller chunks
Do regression testing more often
Slow down and automate the old stuff
Addressing challenges of a product life cycle that is in the middle:
Sometimes, adding value to the product might be in removing features that nobody (or few people) use, that are slowing down the delivery of new features that people will use
If it’s expensive and not giving your team/organization a return on investment, reevaluation should take place around why you are spending money to maintain this feature
Look at value investments from a product standpoint even when you’re not starting a new product from scratch
A challenge with jumping into products in the middle is that the strategy has been laid out in a fairly plan-driven way (the requirements are largely thought to be understood)
“Scope creep” isn’t actually a monster; it’s a friend that helps you have a better understanding of your requirements
Bring users in earlier and ask for feedback earlier (this helps get users engaged, interested; you’re able to correct course mid-flight to create something that users actually want)
You don’t have to wait until a sprint to adjust
Addressing challenges of joining an organization that is in the middle of its agile journey:
This usually takes the form of A) the organization has tried to do an agile transformation themselves and now recognize they need help, or B) they had a consultant or coach come in previously, dismissed them when they thought they were done, everything went off the rails, and now they need to bring in another consultant once again to fix it
“[Agile is] a journey; not a destination. So we have to continue going [forward]. I think it’s actually a misnomer to say that we, [as agile coaches], come in in the middle of an agile journey. It’s all middle. Once you take that first step, it’s ‘middle’ for the rest of time.”
Agile journeys take a long time; there’s not a magic wand to shift behavior
The organization needs to learn how to do the learning because it never stops
Adam Ulery’s tips for being brought into an organization “in the middle”:
First, understand where the organization is right now
What do they do really well right now? Where are the gaps that need to be addressed?
Conduct an assessment (doesn’t need to be formal) to understand their current challenges
What are their goals? Their business goals, their agile journey goals, and where they would like to be in the not-so-distant future (i.e. six months to three years)? Based on this, develop a plan on how to move forward with them
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile in the Enterprise Survey by Gartner
Sam Falco’s LinkedIn
Adam Ulery’s LinkedIn
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan and Sam are discussing an important metric to Agile teams: velocity. If used correctly, velocity can be an incredibly helpful tool for teams to leverage to forecast future sprints and understand what it is that they can accomplish in a given amount of time. If used incorrectly, however, it can wreak havoc on a team’s ability to work together and deliver value incrementally.
In this Scrum-centric discussion, Sam and Dan take a look at what velocity is; how to measure it, why it is important to teams, leadership, and the organization; how we can effectively leverage it to improve a team’s output (rather than damage it); and key takeaways to keep in mind.
Key Takeaways
What is velocity? Why is it important?
Velocity is an output-based metric that measures what the team typically does/how much they do over a certain period
In Scrum, velocity is usually measured within sprints
Velocity is history; not what you hope for (i.e it is a past measure)
Velocity is a great tool for teams to understand what they typically do in a given sprint and use it as a measure to know what they could do in a future sprint
Scrum teams who are truly self-managing can use velocity as a way to think about what they might do in their upcoming sprint given what they’ve done in the past
Velocity is similar to the term “velocity” used in physics (i.e. in physics, velocity is not just speed; it’s speed and direction) — If your teams don’t have direction, the speed at which they do things is meaningless
How is velocity measured?
There are a number of ways you can measure velocity (from story points to a “number of items completed” approach, etc.)
Though velocity is often expressed in “points,” it isn’t needed to measure it in points (velocity is simply how much stuff you have done in whichever way you want to measure it)
Points are not a forecast or the capacity that the team is expected to hit
The pressure to measure in points can actually be more effort than it’s worth (if you’re already measuring in days, why use a conversion chart of days=points? Use what the team already knows and is working by)
Measure in as small of pieces as possible (the tinier something is the more accurately you can assess how long it is going to take)
Velocity anti-patterns:
Velocity can be one of the most abused metrics in all of software development if the wrong person in power gets a hold of it
Sometimes when leadership gets a hold of velocity metrics, they punish or put pressure on teams when they don’t meet the same markers that they did in the previous week/month/sprint
Some organizations see the Scrum Master’s role as making sure that the team is constantly increasing its velocity
Assigning “points” to people on the team (velocity is a team measure; not a measure of individuals)
Just getting stuff done that isn’t moving the product forward may make your velocity look great, but really you’re spinning your wheels and not going anywhere
You shouldn’t be managing velocity; velocity should be helping you manage other things (such as what teams can do to forecast)
Why can measuring velocity improve your teams?
As a Product Owner, you can use velocity to forecast beyond the next sprint
You can use it as a measure to revise and adapt each sprint
Key takeaways to keep in mind:
When you change the team composition, the velocity will be affected and most likely drop (even if you are adding someone because they need time to get used to working together)
Velocity is not about precision (through craving certainty, we want to apply a number measure to velocity) but teams begin to beat themselves up and spend too much time in refinement activities to have a stable velocity (rather than actually doing the work)
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Mythical Man-Month: Essays on Software Engineering, by Frederick Brooks Jr.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today, Dan and Sam are joined once again to discuss agility — more specifically, the side effects of being agile!
The side effects of agility are often not the reasons why you should start an agile transformation, but they are still very valuable and helpful to know about.
In this episode, Dan and Sam discuss the positive side effects that organizations might want out of agility, the indirect effects (both positive and negative) of putting certain agile practices in place (or not putting them in place), and how to address the challenges that come along with losing focus on the primary principles of agility.
Key Takeaways
Why should you start an agile transformation?
Look no further than the Agile Manifesto
Common side effects organizations want out of agility:
People will be happier
We’ll get more stuff more quickly/twice the work and half the time
Increasing customer involvement
Improving the prioritization of features
Increasing team buy-in and involvement
Adapting to change during development
Better understanding the project’s status
More efficient planning and estimating
Continuous risk management
Delivering the project needed at the end
Achieving the right level of project structure
Potential negative side effects and how to combat them:
The Agile principle “welcoming changing requirements” does not mean adding requirements
When a priority is changed that means something else isn’t important anymore
It is key to clarify the priorities and remind everyone of the consequences/cost of changing them
Look at the cost of waiting to start the new thing vs. abandoning the old thing
Building lots of stuff that you don’t ship and lengthy requirements lists that you may never be able to get to (therefore generating excess inventory and waste)
You should instead focus on delivering value in increments
Use the “MVP” (minimum viable product) strategy i.e. getting something potentially valuable to your customers quickly so that they can evaluate it and you can measure it
Launching a product vs. the value you want to bring
When you don’t embrace agile fully and attempt to scope out a large project by creating a static backlog and fix the team members, you will eat through the backlog (the best-case scenario is that you get a product and the worst-case scenario is that you don’t get a product and have a lot of work-in-progress)
Think about your outcome rather than the activity than you’re engaged in or some artificial target
When the goalposts are set and there aren’t true inspection and adaptation, it’s not an agile approach
If the primary benefits of agile are not met, the secondary benefits will not matter as much and the agile transformation itself will be brought into question and challenged
When there is a purpose to what they’re doing, employee satisfaction and fulfillment goes up
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Agile Manifesto
Agile2021 | Agile Alliance
Becoming Agile: … in an imperfect world, by Greg Smith and Ahmed Sidky
Thinking, Fast and Slow, by Daniel Kahneman
Noise: A Flaw in Human Judgment, by Daniel Kahneman, Olivier Sibony, and Cass R. Sunstein
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan is joined by fellow AgileThought colleague and return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought with over 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).
In their conversation today, they discuss delivering value using Scrum — what it looks like, why it is important to focus on, how to introduce the concept of value delivery in the product life cycle, and how to begin measuring the value of what you’re delivering.
Key Takeaways
Why is delivering value using Scrum important?
People want to know why they’re doing what they’re doing (and understanding how they are delivering value using Scrum answers that question)
Understanding what value you’re bringing ensures that you’re working on the right thing/s at the right time
In order to make certain business decisions, it is key to measure: “Are we getting the outcomes that we’re seeking?” and, “Are we actually making a difference in the eyes of our customers or users?” Do they see and feel what we’re providing and delivering in terms of capabilities is valuable?
How and when to introduce the concept of value delivery in a product life cycle:
There are a few entry points to consider
At the organizational leadership level, they need to be outlining what they feel is valuable to the organization
If leadership outlines what is valuable to the organization, everybody is able to check in with that
Someone at the top of the organization should be setting the alignment (and allowing it to cascade down through the organization)
At a product or a project level, you should start thinking about delivering value by encapsulating it in features (and having those features be on your product roadmap [which will then inform and drive your product backlog])
At a product or team level, apply your focus to talk about value at the feature level (think about the mechanisms to timebox features)
Tips, tools, and techniques to measure the value of what you’re doing:
Answer the question: “Have we moved the needle in anybody’s world? How so?”
Organizations should be embracing transparency and trust so there is more access to communication (and so people know the context they’re operating in)
Consider looking at how you do your portfolio management and have that work be hand-in-hand with investment decisions (which then will influence how you organize around the work or the product)
Leverage techniques in work management tools (such as Jira, Azure DevOps, etc.) where you can put effort at a feature level (just like you would do at a story level)
Use some form of relative sizing to forecast based on what you know today
If you are able to do feature points, map the features on the product roadmap
Leverage product goals to help your team ensure that the emergence of their product backlog aligns with the product goal
Use product goals to help you focus on the right items (in the right sequence) in your backlog, and refine those features so that your team can communicate to stakeholders and leaders how they are doing as they move forward
Leverage timeboxing — it is critical
You should be able to explain to your team why you are working on something (if you can’t, push it down on your backlog until you can)
How do we know when a feature is ready to be consumed by a team?
It is important to have a definition of “ready” so that the team is on the same page
Ideally, you have fields that indicate the state of readiness a feature needs to be at before it’s eligible for consideration to begin working on
Ask: “What does ready look like for a feature?” and “What information needs to be present?”
Collect data and measure: “Are we getting value out the door?” and “Are we getting value into the hands of our customers or users?”
There should be a level of accountability on the people that are responsible for refining the backlog (if you want to make the cut, make sure that everything is clear)
Tips regarding features and value delivery:
Business decisions have to be made — that means you’re going to have to get comfortable with forecasting (and forecasting gets easier with the more data points you can reference)
Having an understanding of velocity is important because it is helpful in forecasting and understanding if you’re biting off more than you can chew
Andrea recommends having your product roadmap at a feature level and having a strong partnership between the product ownership and the team to help forecasting at a feature level
Andrea recommends having the roadmap be based quarter-by-quarter, one year out
How to know when you’re done with a feature:
Use the definition of “done” at a release level (this is where you can articulate what features are eligible for release based on the release definition of done)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 132: “Waterfall to Scrum: How to Measure the Value of Agility with Sam Falco”
Jira
Azure DevOps
The Scrum Guide
Azure Coaches’ Corner Ep. 118: “Big Room Planning 101 with Andrea Floyd”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 29: “How to Combat Cognitive Biases for Effective Agile Teams”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan and Sam are answering another fascinating listener question. This listener wrote in, “We are in an organization that has been going through an Agile transformation. Our leaders have been asking for metrics to compare Waterfall vs. Scrum. They want to know if we are delivering more with Scrum. How do we measure this?”
Navigating how to measure values when transitioning from Waterfall to Scrum can be a difficult challenge. How do you measure whether something is a successful initiative or not? What are the key differences in what metrics you should be measuring between Waterfall and Scrum? How do you measure the value that Scrum brings? What are some of the key metrics you should be measuring? Tune in to find out!
If you have a question of your own (or would like to share your thoughts on today’s episode), you can email the podcast at Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Key Takeaways
How do you measure the value your organization gets from Scrum vs. Waterfall?
Typically what is measured in Waterfalls is “iron triangle” stuff (i.e. “Were we on time? Did we stay on budget? Did we complete the scope?”) However, these things don’t really indicate whether or not you are actually getting value out of the effort
“Too often, what we’re actually measuring in Waterfall was: ‘Did we get all the work done in a certain amount of time and within budget?’ And that’s not what we’re interested in, in [an] Agile effort.” — Sam Falco
Find different ways to measure the value, whether it’s in actual dollars earned or cost savings or goals achieved
It is more important to measure the return on investment and the value it brought to customers rather than “Did we push it across the finish line?”
Measure based on value rather than on velocity
It’s not uncommon for those from a Waterfall world to measure how many tasks were completed rather than delivering valuable increments (which is critical with Scrum)
Regardless of whether it is Waterfall or Scrum, you might measure: generated revenue, saved spending, etc.
Evidence-based management as a method for measuring the success of an Agile effort:
Reference The Evidence-Based Management Guide from Scrum.org
It will provide you with a number of key value areas to help determine whether you are actually adding value, as well as some suggestions for key value measures for each of those areas
Listen to episode 107 of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, “Evidence-Based Management 101 with Sam Falco”
Think about the metrics you have in place now and whether or not they apply now (i.e. “Does this metric we’re using help us determine the current value for our products?”, “Does it help us determine time-to-market?”, “Does it help us determine our ability to innovate?” And if not, ask, “Do we really need it?”, “Are we measuring something that matters and drives results?”)
Measure lead time (if it shrinks dramatically, this is a good sign that this is going to work for your organization)
“Take a look at what metrics you’re measuring now. And if those were valuable in telling you whether or not your efforts were worthwhile, they might be appropriate now.” — Sam Falco
Even though your process is different, you can still measure using a lot of the same metrics — you just have to look at them in a different way
The most important things to measure are around the value (“Is the stuff we’re producing actually valuable to people?”)
What are some of the ways we can measure value?
Quality metrics (Has your quality increased?) — Agility tends to come with increases in quality because of a limit of work-in-progress and helping the teams focus
Look at trends; not single points in time
Have your escape defects gone down? Has your technical debt gone down?
Look at things like, how long does it take you to get a release ready for production? Is it taking less time?
One of the values of an agile way of working is that you build in feedback loops for looking at your own processes more frequently than Waterfall
Through this, analyze trends and track process improvement
There is no single way to measure output from Waterfall to Scrum
You have to always be aware of what the metric is actually telling you and evaluate not only your processes but whether you are using the right metrics (and whether they are telling you things that are helpful to you)
Releasing in Waterfall tends to be infrequent, painful, and fragile. Releases should be frequent and near-automatic in Scrum. Measuring the pain of releasing is an indicator of how easy or difficult it is to capture value
Measure deployment frequency (“How often do you actually deploy to production or customers and users?”)
Measure: “Are customers happy with the number of releases? Are they happy with the features they’re getting?”
Measure “mean time to first failure” — though it is an old metric in software development, it can still be valuable (i.e. “How long does it take for you to break something?” This should be getting longer and longer as your quality goes up)
Keep track of process improvements
Mentioned in this Episode:
Evidence-Based Management Guide | Scrum.org
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 107: “Evidence-Based Management 101 with Sam Falco”
The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy Answers, by Ben Horowitz
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week on the podcast, Dan Neumann is joined by frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan, a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service.
The last time Quincy was on the show, they spoke about the excursions you take along an Agile journey and what those look like. Today, they’re taking this discussion one step further and exploring how to maintain the work that has been done along an Agile journey.
On the “other side” of an Agile transformation, we want the work that we have done to stick. In this episode, Quincy shares his key tips for maintaining an Agile transformation once it has gotten to a place of sustainability, how to shift from a transformation team to an environment that has Agile Champions, why you should be implementing Communities of Practice, and the role that leaders play in communicating and instilling the practices formed during the transformation.
Key Takeaways
What are transformation teams and how do they fit into maintaining the Agile transformation?
A transformation team is critical to the health of an Agile transformation
Transformation teams are almost like Scrum Masters to the transformation itself
Once the thinking has changed and you’ve arrived at the part of the Agile journey where you’re only looking to maintain what you’ve achieved, you don’t necessarily need the transformation team
When disbanding the team it is important to have Agile Champions to lead and guide the Communities of Practice (which are key in maintaining the way of thinking around continuously learning [and unlearning] based on the current needs and problems you are looking to solve)
Members of the transformation team can join the team of Agile Champions or become Agile Champions for other teams of practices
Be cautious in disbanding the transformation team too soon as you may revert to the old way of doing things
Have a succession plan for your Agile Champions to maintain the new way of thinking
Quincy recommends 3‒4 Agile Champions for a single Community of Practice
The role communication plays in Agile transformation maintenance and continuous learning:
Communication is beyond critical to maintaining the transformation — especially coming from leadership (Quincy recommends no more than monthly communication from leadership)
An important aspect that leadership has to remember is that everyone does not know what they know (gaps in communication occur when leadership assumes that everyone knows what they know)
It’s important for the leadership team to reinforce the new way of working and what it needs to look like
Reinforce desired behavior by highlighting “bright spots” (i.e. when you see the behavior you want, point it out)
Trust and build empathy (when trust is absent, the “ugly truth” of what’s happening in a project gets buried vs. when trust and empathy are present, the whole team works together toward solving the problems that arise)
Maintain and bring transparency into the work
How to reinforce the ways you deliver and maintain a value-driven perspective:
Ideally in the transformation, the organization has adopted a value-driven perspective vs. merely tracking
To maintain this, have dedicated teams
Shift the mindset of having one specialist for one job to one of building an overall team competence
Implement rolling forecasts with quarterly revisiting
Maintain the perspective of funding so that you don’t revert to this notion of going to go down to a granular level (i.e. figuring out how much a particular thing is going to cost 12-months down the line between a 2‒5% margin)
You want to maintain a way to fund investments and evaluate that funding earlier on (and on a quarterly basis)
It is good practice to leverage OKRs to maintain a transformation (because you’re being clear in a simplistic way on what your objectives are and how you’re going to hit them)
Closely align your portfolio based on your current dedicated teams and any planned dedicated teams
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 129: “Excursions Along the Agile Journey with Quincy Jordan”
Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard, by Chip Heath and Dan Heath
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Sam and Dan take a deep dive into a fantastic listener question, “What happens in a scaling environment with the Scrum Master?”
What happens when you have one Scrum Master with many teams or many teams and multiple Scrum Masters? With the Scrum Guide not explicitly providing guidance on this topic, Dan and Sam explore the realities of focusing on multiple teams as a Scrum Master, whether or not a Scrum Master can or should handle multiple teams, and real-world examples of scenarios they have seen play out with both. They also discuss the risks and challenges that come along with multiple Scrum Masters coordinating across many teams and share their advice on increasing communication and helping your teams (and organization) understand Scrum.
Key Takeaways
Can a Scrum Master handle multiple teams?
With so much on your plate as a Scrum Master, it is ideal to only handle one team at a time (especially if they’re very early on in their Scrum journey; they’re going to need a lot of your attention and focus)
It is possible to handle multiple teams but it is dependant on how far they are into their Scrum journey (if one of them is far along and another is newer, it is far easier to manage multiple)
It doesn’t make sense to split a Scrum Master’s attention between multiple teams if they are all start-ups
As a Scrum Master, you are already splitting your attention between your team and the organization (in helping them use Scrum effectively) — dividing your attention even further between teams can spread you too thin
If you are acting as more of an Agile Coach with less focus on the organization, it may be possible to handle multiple teams
An ideal scenario would be to have a Scrum Master master per team in the organization and have them coordinate and communicate across these teams
Note: In order to be a great Scrum Master, you need to look beyond limiting your role to organizing meetings, enforcing timeboxes, and responding to the impediments people explicitly report (reference Michael James’ Scrum Master Checklist to see the full breadth of what you could be doing in your role as a Scrum Master [if you have the time and capacity])
Advice for multiple Scrum Masters coordinating across multiple teams:
Have a Scrum Master Community of Practice — make sure that the Scrum Masters are meeting regularly to discuss what’s going on in their teams
When a Community of Practice is successfully implemented, you can exchange new ideas which can really help the agility of the teams and the entire organization
You can work together on the common challenges you are all facing and rally together to figure out solutions
Your understanding of Scrum and your ability to help teams will grow exponentially
A cautionary word about establishing a Community of Practice: you may not get outside ideas as easily which can develop a sense of “groupthink”
Be sure to seek outside ideas — always ask: “What are we not doing? And what can we learn from the broader community?” (Try attending conferences, events, or webinars)
Get outside of your organization’s four walls whether that be through podcasts, books, or other resources — always be open to grow
The risks of Scrum Masters coordinating across too many teams:
The teams may struggle to understand the need for Scrum itself (the “why” behind Scrum becomes lost when Scrum Masters cannot spend enough time with a single team) which leads to dysfunctional behavior
Being commanded to do things for the sake of doing them rather than “We need to do Scrum to deliver well” leads teams to become disengaged
Simply finding the time to do sprint planning together and coordinate the teams
Closing thoughts and key takeaways:
The Scrum Master is an invaluable part of the Scrum team — do not try to short change your teams in order to save a little money (i.e. by spreading them thin in managing multiple teams)
The Scrum Master will help your team be effective and stay effective
By having a Scrum Master focus on one team they can better help them integrate with the larger organization
If you need to have multiple teams per Scrum Master, try to have some balance (in that not all of their teams are new or old)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Michael James’ Scrum Master Checklist
The Scrum Guide
Tampa Bay Scrum Masters Guild
The Nexus Integration Team
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 126: “What is Agile?”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 3: “Communities of Practice with Quincy Jordan”
Frederick W. Taylor
“Managing the Development of Large Software Systems,” by Dr. Winston W. Royce
The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West, by Patricia Nelson Limerick Ph.D.
The Dead March: A History of the Mexican-American War, by Peter Guardino
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Oftentimes, when organizations bring on Agile Coaches, they want to be (or expect to be) taken on a linear path with Agility (AKA point A to point B). However, there is a lot that happens along an Agile transformation journey that interrupts this path of “point A to point B.”
Today’s guest, Quincy — a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service — refers to these as “excursions.” In an Agile transformation journey, it is crucial to explore these excursions and understand all of the pieces that you should put into place to ensure their success.
In this conversation, Quincy explains what excursions are, why they are important; the different types of excursions that can occur during an Agile journey; the key areas of sustainability, consistency, competency, and maintenance in an excursion; and the important pieces that leadership support and communication play in an excursion’s success.
Key Takeaways
What are “excursions?”
Excursions are detours that happen along an Agile transformation journey
These excursions often involve many different facets
An excursion could be taking a business outcome (such as “better speed to market”) and getting more specific and nuanced on it
An excursion is still part of the transformation journey (so you can’t isolate it from the work that the teams are doing)
Several excursions can occur at the same time
What are some of the types of excursions that can occur during an Agile journey?
Clarity of desired business outcomes
Better speed to market
Introducing a new product
Introducing a product that you already have into a new market
Quincy’s advice about excursions:
Sometimes you may have to bring on a new expert during an excursion that specializes in that specific area and bring them into the journey (in cases like these, it is important to acknowledge your and your team’s knowledge barriers)
Really consider who should be a part of each particular excursion
There are many aspects to the Agile transformation and many different types of excursions — it is important to not box things in and know that it is a multifaceted journey
Advice around the Agile approach to excursions:
Sometimes Scrum might not always be the best fit for your organizations so it is important to have an excursion that serves as an evaluation to figure out which Agile approach is best for the team/s (and which approach is best where — because there may be more than one approach [alternatively, agility might not even be the right approach at all])
Excursions should also be taken to discover which methodologies and frameworks should be used
Some organizations, when they’re new in their transformation journey, tend to make assumptions rather than take excursions (but it’s crucial as an organization to take excursions because no two companies are alike and one company’s approach may not work for yours)
Experimentation in and of itself can become an excursion
Areas of sustainability, consistency, competency, and maintenance in an excursion:
In aiming towards sustainability, it is important to ask whether or not you have put the pieces of the puzzle in place so that the system can run on its own
You can’t reach sustainability without consistency
It’s important to have a consistent definition of “done” (if every team has a different definition, it will be hard to consistently deliver quality)
Leverage the strengths that are already within the teams and company
Though the maintenance is part of the journey, it’s more so post-journey and is becoming more and more critical for companies to do
Maintenance is really critical — Ask yourself: How do you maintain what has now been transformed? How do you maintain the culture that you’ve now built, the consistency that you have put in place, and keep a freshness to the cadences of the workflow?
If you don’t have a maintenance piece in place, many of your efforts will be derailed
Your excursions need to have sustainability, consistency, and an understanding of what maintenance is going to look like from the get-go
The important pieces of leadership support and communication in an excursion:
Consistency and sustainability need to be supported by leadership
Leadership has to let everyone know periodically that everything is okay or “Everything will be okay, but these are the things we’re dealing with right now” (Communication is key)
Active leadership is key in a transformation journey
As a leader, you can’t negate sharing the bigger picture so that the teams can consistently correlate what they’re doing on a daily basis to the bigger business outcomes
Quantity does not always equal value (as a leader it is important for you to consistently support your team/s on a regular cadence in an active way)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Quincy Jordan
McKinsey’s Three Horizons Model
The Cynefin Framework
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep: “Spotify, Schmotify: Do Your Own Agile Thinking”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”
The Reengineering Alternative, by William Schneider
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week on the Agile Coaches’ Corner Dan and Sam are switching things up with a new episode format. In this episode, they’re looking back on Sam’s three-part Trainer Talk series on the key changes that were made in the new Scrum Guide that was released in November 2020.
This episode compiles all three of Sam’s Trainer Talks that focus on the three key changes that were made to the Scrum Guide around the product goal, the sprint goal, and self-organizing teams. Sam shares his thoughts on why these changes are important to recognize; what these changes mean for organizations, Scrum Teams, and Product Owners; and the specific benefits that come with these changes.
Tune in to learn all about the three key changes that organizations using Scrum need to pay close attention to!
Key Takeaways
How has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?
What the Scrum Guide has to say about the Product Goal: “The Product Goal describes a future state of the product which can serve as a target for the Scrum Team to plan against. The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define ‘what’ will fulfill the Product Goal”
The Scrum Guide is now making the Product Goal an explicit part of Scrum (which is crucial in creating a unified vision for the team to work toward)
This change highlights the difference between a Product Goal and a Product Vision which is important because a product vision is lacking the characteristics of SMART goals (“specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound” goals)
With the Product Goal in the Product Backlog, the rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define WHAT will fulfill the Product Goal (this has specific benefits such as creating transparency, understanding what the value is that is expected to be created so that the team can validate if their efforts are creating the desired outcome, and in helping the team understand what should be in the Product Backlog vs. what should be out of it)
With a Product Goal being in the Product Backlog and the rest of the Product Backlog emerging around that, it is possible to validate PBIs against the Product Goal
The Scrum Guide also says that “The Product Goal is the long-term objective for the Scrum Team. They must fulfill (or abandon) one objective before taking on the next” (which is hugely beneficial as it will help teams focus)
With a Product Goal and the expectation that the Product Backlog, by and large, contains items that emerge as a result of that Product Goal, it is possible to make much more meaningful Sprint Goals
The Product Goal helps the Product Owner move beyond being a mere order taker and, instead, create a stance where they are initiating requirements
How has the Sprint Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?
The new Scrum Guide underscores the commitment and purpose of a Sprint Goal
Jeff and Ken introduce a new topic for Sprint Planning in this update, which is: “Why is this Sprint valuable?” (In other words, “What do we hope to get out of it?”) — Asking this question helps craft the Sprint Goal
Establishing a Sprint Goal allows the team to create a well-rounded SMART (“specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound”) goal
If you don’t have a Sprint Goal, the Sprint Backlog becomes just a list of Product Backlog Items to fill up a team’s capacity with no coherence to it
With a Sprint Goal, the team is able to create a coherent Sprint backlog that will help them meet their goals and objectives
Though there might be things in your Sprint Backlog that are not strongly correlated to the Sprint Goal, doing what is necessary to achieve the Sprint Goal needs to be the priority (If you find that some of these other items keep getting pushed aside, maybe they should be the focus of a Sprint Goal themselves)
Once a Sprint Goal is established and it has helped the team select a coherent group of Product Backlog Items for their Sprint Backlog, the Sprint Goal then helps address the topic of: “How are we going to do it?”
Good Sprint planning includes creating a plan for working together and breaking things down into the tasks that the team needs to achieve
Without a Sprint Plan, there is a lack of transparency and the Scrum Team cannot see at their Daily Scrums whether or not they are making good progress towards the Sprint Goal
The Sprint Goal creates transparency and the ability for a Scrum Team to deliver reliably and predictably each and every Sprint (additionally, it helps establish a sustainable pace, which creates better morale and a more fulfilling work environment)
How has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?
Even though the change may seem merely semantic, it has a massive impact on how organizations will see Scrum in a new light and will be a shock to those organizations that have not allowed their teams to be self-organizing or self-managing at all
When organizations use Scrum but do not allow their teams to be self-managing this leads to a lack of engagement and a lack of ownership; it destroys morale and causes turnover
In Daniel H. Pink’s book, Drive, he discovered the three factors that truly motivate knowledge workers are autonomy, mastery, and purpose (and self-managing teams leverage all three of these things [and Scrum done well has all three built-in!])
Scrum gives team autonomy by allowing them to decide what to work on and in setting their own Sprint Goal
“Scrum encourages mastery. The Scrum team is accountable as a whole for delivery, so there’s no idea that ‘This is my area and I don’t have to do anything else.’ We all expand our knowledge together and work together.” — Sam Falco
Self-managing teams create less overhead for managers as they don’t have to spend time directing people and telling them what to do
“Self-managing is serendipity in development” (when you hand someone a problem, get out of their way, and they will solve it in ways that you never could have imagined [and maybe even better than if you had solved it yourself!])
In complex product development, something new is always going to come up and there is an enormous amount of uncertainty — Scrum allows self-managing teams to adapt to this uncertainty as it arises and every Sprint offers an opportunity to change direction
You can work towards self-managing teams by empowering your Product Owners to make decisions and shepherd their products; feeding your teams with objectives, not tasks; setting the boundaries within which your teams can make their own decisions and steer their own course; encouraging the Scrum team as a whole to be accountable toward each other and toward achieving positive outcomes
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Scrum Guide
Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?”
Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has the Sprint Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?”
Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide?”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 106: “What’s New with Scrum?”
Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a very special guest, Vasco Duarte, the host of the Scrum Master Toolbox Podcast — a daily podcast for Scrum Masters and Agile Coaches. Vasco interviews guests from all over the world to give his listeners actionable advice and daily doses of inspiring conversations to help improve their craft! Vasco himself is a Certified Scrum Master, an Agile Coach, and a Business Consultant. He was also one of the leaders and catalysts of Agile methods and Agile culture adoption at Avira, Nolia, and F-Secure.
Together, they’re exploring the concept of Scrum Masters as the CEOs of the future. As Rob highlights in this episode, there are a number of facets that well position Scrum Masters to be the CEOs of our future. He speaks about why this is, his vision for Scrum Masters in general, how you can position yourself as a Scrum Master to take on leadership positions, and some of the challenges you might face as a Scrum Master in a leadership position and how to overcome them.
Key Takeaways
As a Scrum Master, you learn to lead without pushing people or being a command-and-control leader
The traits that are necessary of a Scrum Master would make for a well-rounded CEO (such as servant leadership)
Servant leadership (or, the leader that serves)
Transforming the world of work rather than making sure that events are on the calendar
Coaching the organization to actually transform to better use the scrum framework as opposed to simply surviving in the organization they are a part of
As a Scrum Master, you define your role in practice every single day
“A Scrum Master that can make a leadership team work cohesively and harmoniously toward the good of the company, the good of the customers, and the workers, is a Scrum Master that is at the top of their career.” — Vasco Duarte
“I’m asking all … Scrum Masters to take ownership of the role, continue to develop the role, and maybe even develop a full-fledged career path, first starting as a team member … mov[ing] on toward helping teams, helping other Scrum members, and even helping leadership teams to grow.” — Vasco Duarte
What makes Scrum Masters better aligned to be successful CEOs:
Scrum Masters are already suited to work in domains where they are not specialists in, to help the team succeed
The core of the Scrum Master’s role is collaboration (AKA trying to get the team to work better together for the success of the company, the customers, and the workers themselves) which embodies one of the key aspects of the CEO
The lack of technical knowledge in a particular area of the organization that a CEO needs to lead will never be an impediment to become a CEO (there is no CEO that knows everything)
Scrum Masters should excel in helping the team deliver value
A challenge that Scrum Masters should be aware of as their companies move forward in their agile journey:
Very often, companies tend to do “big bang agile transformations” by bringing in a bunch of agile coaches that do great work but are then let go (leaving Scrum Masters to pick up the pieces)
Solution: Rob encourages that, as a Scrum Master, you should collaborate with these agile coaches that are temporarily brought on and get involved with the transformation early on
Solution: Make sure that the teams are not left hanging by preparing the teams from a supported place
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scrum Master Toolbox Podcast
Software Development Today — Vasco Duarte’s Blog
Vasco Duarte’s Twitter: @duarte_vasco
Vasco Duarte’s LinkedIn
Lean Enterprise Institute’s Podcast (WLEI)
WLEI Ep: “Boeing Ex-Executive Alan Mulally Discusses a ‘Working Together Management System’”
Scrum Master Summit (Week of May 17th, 2021)
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan and Sam have covered a lot of ground in previous episodes about agility but never the full scope of what exactly is considered agility. Many people have their own unique definitions of what agile is and what it looks like…but when you really dig in, these are often ways that do not seem to be in alignment with the Agile Manifesto or principles.
So, in this week’s episode, Dan and Sam are diving into another fantastic listener question to address this topic! Chris on Twitter asked, “What is agile?” They take a deep dive into the history of why the Agile Manifesto was declared, the need that the principles and values were born out of, and ultimately: what is agile.
Key Takeaways
Why was it important for the Agile Manifesto to be declared? What is the history behind it?
It was created in reaction to what was happening in the software industry in 2001 (predominantly waterfall and other predictive methods with bad track records for delivering on time)
In response to “scope creep” (AKA changes or uncontrolled growth in a project’s scope at any point after a project begins)
Because it is very difficult to predict what you need to do when you’re trying to solve a new problem every time
Out of necessity (as any work that requires creativity and a high degree of uncertainty about the outcome you’re trying to achieve [such as software development] is difficult without a set of principles and values)
Because every problem is unique with software development
In the Harvard Business Review in 1986, an article was published titled, “The New New Development Game” that outlined the need for a new way of working where teams could be given objectives instead of tasks and they work together as a unit to accomplish their work
The “relay race” method was clearly not working and agility offered a better model, better compared to playing rugby
“Agile wasn’t: ‘Let’s get together and think about a new way of doing things.’ It was: … ‘Hey, we’re doing some things. It seems to be getting better results than the industry as a whole. What are we doing that’s common across the different methods?’” — Dan Neumann
Those that came up with the Agile Manifesto didn’t put it together to justify their existence; they put it together because they recognized the success they were having through its methodology and wanted to figure out the commonalities
What is the Agile Manifesto?
It’s the thing we point to when someone says, “What is agile?”
If you’re asking if something is agile, you can reference the manifesto’s values and principles
What is agile?
It’s creating competitive advantage and being the disruptive force
Delivering working software as your primary measure of success
A collection of values and principles as laid out in the Agile Manifesto
It is the ability to deliberately respond to change and demand; not just react
Controlling risk
Building stuff that people actually want and will use
Solve the problem that the customer has called for and not gold plating everything
Agile practices are simply that; practices — they’re good in some circumstances and not good in others
Are you changing just to change or are you harnessing change for competitive advantage? Is change happening to you or are you creating the change?
Change is not just about keeping up with your competition but making your competition keep up with you
Mentioned in this Episode:
“The New New Product Development Game,” by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)
Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith
The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless
LiberatingStructures.com
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan is joined by Gabriela Corrêa!
For the last three years, Gabriela Corrêa has served as an Agile Coach and Project Manager at BRQ Digital Solutions. Most recently, she has transitioned into the new role of Digital Solutions Specialist within BRQ.
Together, they’re talking all about Lean inception. Gabriela shares about the challenges that teams traditionally face when they’re kicking off a project, how to address these early challenges, the activities that are involved in a Lean inception, how to facilitate a successful Lean inception, and where you can get started with you and your team’s own Lean inception!
Key Takeaways
Challenges that teams traditionally face when they’re starting off a project or are early in the Lean inception:
Creating alignment between the whole team and the stakeholders
Expectations — it can be hard to guarantee that the product will meet the expectations set in this early stage
You may experience issues with the agenda if you do not give yourself and your teams enough time to prepare
How to address these early challenges:
Have all of the teams focus on the same problems together
As laid out in Paulo Caroli’s book, Lean Inception, he suggests that you take five days (an agenda) to align everyone before you begin the project
Activities involved in Lean inception:
An agenda involving the development team, the active team, and the stakeholders (the goal of which is to provide context to the problems they are facing, the problems the users are facing, and the solution they are going to create)
Creating a product vision (which should be able to be summarized in one sentence)
“The Product Is — Is Not — Does — Does Not”
“Describe the Personas” to understand the final offer of users (their problems, expectations, etc.)
“Discover the Features” which include all of the features you’re going to create
“Show User Journeys”
“Technical, UX, and Business Review”
“Sequence the Features”
“Build the MVP Canvas”
Common challenges around Lean inceptions and how to address them:
Sometimes people are closed off because they believe they already know everything there is to know about the problem
Solution: Be open, don’t write off different solutions, and be receptive to suggestions and ideas
Solution: Don’t throw out your own ideas if they are not used, create a new idea/solution together with your collaborators
A lack of understanding around the goal the team is seeking
Solution: Have everyone on board with the lean inception workshop (alignment and a clear understanding of the goal can be achieved through this)
Sometimes a team of people with very different profiles can seem to “clash” on the surface — but having a diverse team is incredibly powerful and invaluable! You all have very different perspectives and backgrounds and can come together to create a new, innovative solution
Additional advice and details about the workshop and its activities:
The activities are all highly visual
In this remote age of working, Gabriela recommends the tools Miro and Mural for digital collaboration
Where and how to get started:
Check out the book, Lean Inception: How to Align People and Build the Right Product
Join like-minded communities online
Visit Caroli.org
Mentioned in this Episode:
Gabriela Corrêa’s LinkedIn
BRQ Digital Solutions
Lean Inception: How to Align People and Build the Right Product, by Paulo Caroli
Miro
Mural
Caroli.org
Nonviolent Communication, by Marshall B. Rosenberg
Lead With Respect: A Novel of Lean Practice, by Michael Balle and Freddy Balle
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-host, Sam Falco, principal trainer and professional scrum trainer at AgileThought.
Together, they’re exploring a question that was sent in by a listener. They asked Dan and Sam to share their take on “the Spotify Model.” The popularized model was first introduced in 2012 by the whitepaper, “Scaling Agile @ Spotify” and described a “people-driven, autonomous approach for scaling agile that emphasizes the importance of culture and network.”
Often, organizations will look at a successful company and say, “How can we emulate what they do?” rather than, “How can we emulate how they think?” There is a desire to mimic a pattern that another organization created because it fits their context, environment, people, and processes. However, installing the Spotify model can be fraught with danger because you’re not Spotify in 2012.
If you have your own question for the Agile Coaches’ Corner that you want Dan and Sam to answer in a future episode, you can send it in at AgileThought.com!
Key Takeaways
Why wouldn’t the Spotify Model work for your organization?
Just because you see somebody do something someplace else, doesn’t mean it’s going to work for you — because you’re not them
You shouldn’t look at a successful company and say, “How can we emulate what they do?” but rather, “How can we emulate how they think?” (i.e. “the Spotify Model” worked for Spotify, but will not work for your company — emulating is not likely to bring you success)
The model may not be applicable — and even if it is, there is going to be resistance and additional challenges will be exposed that will need to be addressed
Parallels between how organizations bring in the Spotify Model vs. how they bring in the Scrum framework:
With both, if you don’t do all of the elements, success is less likely
The Scrum framework, however, is a lot easier to adopt (preferably, adopt the Scrum framework and use it to find out what processes work for your organization)
Installing the Spotify Model can be fraught with danger because you’re not Spotify in 2012
You could try implementing some of the Spotify Model’s approaches (but most importantly, make sure it works for your organization)
When it comes to implementing any type of framework or model, the early questions should be: “What do you hope to accomplish? Why do you want to install this model or adopt this framework? What’s not working for you now and how do you think this will fix it?” This way, you can evaluate and measure
Regardless of what model you’re proposing, think about: What does success look like? Why are you doing it? What is the problem you’re trying to solve?
Tips for adopting any model or framework:
Look at what’s working (and not working) within your own organization and have discussions on what to do next based on this
Adopt an experimental mindset
Be clear about the problem(s) you’re trying to solve as an organization
Be clear about how you’re measuring success
Look at all of the components of whatever you’re trying to adopt and ask, “How will this work here?”, “What will prevent this from happening?”, and “What exists in our current system that is antithetical to these components?”
Approach the question of “Should we adopt _______ model or framework,” with empathy and humility — whatever is being suggested (by whoever it may be) is trying to help the organization; not hurt it
How to ensure that implementation of a model or framework is successful:
Facilitate and make sure that you have all levels of the organization involved
Ask: “How is it that we can maintain our current system and adopt a new system and still be successful?”
Remember: The current system is not going to change overnight
Note: Your journey will not be a straight shot from point A to point B
No matter the model or framework, the organization’s DNA is going to respond in unexpected ways — be prepared for the unexpected
Bureaucracy kills innovation — if you want to be innovative, you need to kill bureaucracy
It can be extremely beneficial to get an outside perspective and bring someone in outside of your organization
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Spotify Model
“Scaling Agile @ Spotify,” by Henrik Kniberg & Anders Ivarsson
Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 5: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 120: “Build Better Teams with Sam Falco”
The Tuckman Model
Jira
LiberatingStructures.com
Wicked Questions | LiberatingStructures.com
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 122: “The Journey of an Agile Transformation with Quincy Jordan”
“Regardless of what we discover, we understand and truly believe that everyone did the best job they could, given what they knew at the time, their skills and abilities, the resources available, and the situation at hand.” — Norman Kerth
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Review, by Norman L. Kerth
Buyology: Truth and Lies About Why We Buy, by Martin Lindstrom
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today, Dan Neumann is joined by Kristen Belcher, an Agile Coach who is saving the world, one retrospective at a time!
Kristen’s focus is all around developing genuine human connections and relentlessly pursuing improvement. She enjoys working with technical people to solve business problems and thrives on helping people find ways to make their jobs — and lives — easier and more fulfilling via better communication and technology. And more than anyone else, Kristen knows that facilitation can be fun, challenging, and incredibly rewarding — which is the topic of today’s episode!
In this conversation, Kristen shares her insights on how to effectively facilitate remotely. As someone incredibly knowledgeable on all things facilitation, Kristen shares how to make facilitation impactful and memorable, techniques for effective remote facilitation, what not to do when facilitating, and all of the other things you need to consider with remote facilitation!
Key Takeaways
The importance of good facilitation:
It can make exercises incredibly impactful and memorable
It can help a group’s ability to collaborate effectively
Challenges of doing good facilitation:
Reading the room (especially virtually in this COVID-19 era) can be difficult (you can’t tell when people are getting tired or losing focus, getting confused, etc.)
Solution: A virtual indicator that is available to your audience that they may need to take a break which can help revamp the energy
Collaboration can be difficult virtually
Solution: Implement virtual collaboration tools (such as Whiteboard or Miro)
Solution: Create different opportunities to interact with the space (whether that’s through audio, video, text, or an online whiteboard) — this makes for a rich environment and can simulate similar engagement that you would get in a physical space
Solution: With larger groups, have a shared visual to help keep the focus
Tip: Consider exercises — they can be super helpful for engagement and collaboration
Techniques that are effective for remote facilitation:
Check-in at the beginning
Create a comfortable, safe space
Ensure that the meeting will run smoothly by making sure people have access to the online session beforehand
For engagement, you can send participants physical materials (handouts, sticky notes, sharpies, etc.) that you would have in a physical space
Nurture human connection (this is important in a physical space but it is even more crucial in a virtual space)
Utilize breakout rooms
Create a safe environment by giving people the ability to be autonomous, have mobility, and leave when/if they need to (AKA the “law of two clicks”)
After you are done facilitating (or participating in facilitation) it is important to signal to your brain that work is done (i.e. by changing out of your “work” clothes, closing your blinds, shutting your computer down, etc.)
Finishing your meeting and closing the space is really important not only for you but for everyone in attendance as well
How not to facilitate:
If the space is virtual, do not force people to get on video (instead, extend the invite to get on video)
Don’t assign a heavy amount of “pre-work” or homework to do before the session (i.e. read an entire paper, fill out a large form, etc.)
Don’t surprise someone by asking them to facilitate on the spot (i.e. don’t invite a coach to a retrospective and ask them to facilitate when they arrive) — be sure to ask them in advance!
What to consider with remote facilitation:
Be prepared and make sure it’s accessible
Have security with your company in place
Master your remote facilitation tools
Remote facilitation takes more preparation than physical facilitation so make sure to set it up beforehand so it all goes smoothly
Does everything need to be facilitated?
Not every conversation needs to be facilitated
If you’re already familiar and comfortable with the group you’re speaking with, you don’t always need to
Mentioned in this Episode:
Kristen Belcher’s LinkedIn
Rock Central
Vertafore
Whiteboard
Miro
Enabling breakout rooms on Zoom
Use breakout rooms in Google Meet
Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diana Larsen
Microsoft Teams
The Remote Facilitator’s Pocket Guide, by Jay-Allen Morris and Kirsten Clacey
The Facilitator’s Guide to Participatory Decision-Making, by Sam Kaner
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week on the podcast, Dan Neumann is exploring the journey of an agile transformation with Quincy Jordan, a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service.
Agile is no longer the new kid on the block. However, when a new organization decides that they want to benefit from adopting an agile practice, they are sometimes not aware that agility is a journey — not something where you install agile and walk away. This sometimes leads them to run into problems early on. In this conversation, Quincy highlights some of these areas and challenges that organizations run into as they go through their agile journey and how to overcome them.
Key Takeaways
Why is it important to understand that agile is a journey?
When it comes to an agile transformation, it is important to understand that you can’t just install agile and walk away — it’s a journey
“What other journey takes a linear path? There is no journey that takes a linear path. … So, really why [do] we think agile will be any different?” — Quincy Jordan
How to start your agile transformation journey on the right foot:
Lead with: ‘Why do we want to take this journey, to begin with?”, “Why do we want to go down this agile path?”
Set out to solve a specific set of problems
Identify opportunities you’re looking to create
The benefits of business agility in an organization:
Business agility will allow organizations to move quicker with the market
Those who can learn, and unlearn, and relearn the fastest are going to be the ones to excel the most
You can respond to changes in the marketplace and pivot much faster
Important notes on cultural debt:
Does your current culture allow for a change in culture to take place?
When it comes to an agile transformation, a shift in culture cannot come last because everything else is part of it (and if it does come last, you’re building massive cultural debt)
Deciding is a big indicator of culture
How communication happens can be an indicator of cultural debt
The culture should not be one of ‘burning the midnight oil’ or unsustainable heroics — you get more productivity out of healthy, satisfied employees
What an organization needs to know as they move through their agile journey:
The organization has to become comfortable with being able to move forward with uncertainty (“We’re not going to know everything, every time.” — Quincy Jordan)
When you have an organization that is on the path of an agile transformation, they can adapt a lot better to unforeseen things
Don’t reward what you don’t want to encourage (i.e. rewarding someone pulling off heroics in a pinch — a single star player won’t outdo even a mediocre team that plays well as a team)
A shift in mindset around budgeting, performance reviewers, ‘human resources,’ etc.
It’s important for leadership to regard their teams as their fellow teammates in the organization
Mentioned in this Episode:
Quincy Jordan
Jeremy Bearimy Timeline
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In the new Scrum guide update, one of the key but subtle changes has been on the phrasing that teams must be “self-organizing” to now saying that they must be “self-managing.” So what might leaders do to help teams move forward in a direction of becoming more self-managing?
Joining Dan to discuss this topic and share his insights is return guest and AgileThought colleague, Michael Guiler. Mike is an agile consultant at AgileThought. He has been an agile coach for over 13 years and has experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (in both the business and technology fields) to transform and better achieve their goals.
Having done a fair amount with leaders himself, Mike has a ton of great insights on what leaders need to do to move their organization and teams in the direction of self-management, how to shift from a leader-follower to a leader-leader, why an organization would want to become self-managing in the first place, and the techniques and tactics leaders can use to enable self-managing teams. Don’t miss out!
Key Takeaways
What does self-managing mean? Why would you want a self-managing team as an organization and a leader?
Ultimately, you’re trying to build an environment where the organization and the people are really your focus
If you can make your people happy, your organizations will take off and you will no longer have to be the “puppet master” that is pulling all of the strings
Value the people and the interactions over the processes and tools
“When we can get an organization to focus on the people and realize that they’re not resources … they really unleash the power of the organization.” — Michael Guiler
A self-managing team can make really good decisions and have a great impact on its customers
How to begin to move towards self-management and transition from a leader-follower to a leader-leader:
Through an intention-based leadership model
Nurture an environment that creates safety for your team
Have open conversations with your team on self-management
You should have a good idea of where the organization is going as a leader in order to get to a place where it can self-manage
It is important to be completely transparent and make sure that everyone is on the same page about the organization’s vision and “why”
The vision should be matched with feedback from the bottom (and left to right, etc.) so that it’s not a power dynamic
Enable the team’s communication and ability to deliver based on the vision
Get clear about how decision-making happens based on the type of decision
Make sure that the proper authority for making decisions aligns with the vision and is clear
Techniques and tactics leaders can use to enable self-managing teams:
Story mapping is an incredibly valuable tool for software development teams to get everyone on the same page and aligned with where the organization is trying to go
Sometimes a team member doesn’t have the competency or skills to become self-managing, it is your duty as a leader to fill those gaps, give them the information they need, and help them grow
Give your team water-wings before you throw them in the pool! (i.e. Give your team safety so that when a mistake is made it gets caught and is not catastrophic)
Challenges for leaders new to the servant leadership mindset:
It takes time to change a “command and control” environment (i.e. the leader is used to “pulling the strings” and the team is used to having to wait for the strings to be pulled before they take action)
If your team doesn’t understand the big picture they can’t self-manage effectively
A lack of vision and understanding at all of the levels prevents self-management of the organization
If you punish/reprimand team members for making the wrong decisions, they will eventually stop making decisions on their own (halting theirs and the team’s ability to become self-managing)
Resources for leaders on unleashing your organization’s self-managing potential:
Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet
User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton
Mentioned in this Episode:
Michael Guiler
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 87: “Intent-Based Leadership with Michael Guiler”
Agile Coaches’ Corner — Trainer Talk Ep: “Why Has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide?”
Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet
Esther Derby
User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton
Thinking in Systems: A Primer, by Donella H. Meadows
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today, Dan Neumann and Sam Falco are exploring the topic of teams — and not just Scrum teams, but all teams.
As a leader, it can be difficult to manage many lines of communication — especially in larger teams. In Dan and Sam’s conversation, they discuss The Tuckman Model as a thinking framework on how to nurture high-performing teams. From forming to storming to norming and performing, The Tuckman Model lays out the manner in which a leader should engage with teams to become more effective than ever before.
Tune in for today’s episode to find out which strategies you can put into play right now to build, lead, and maintain better teams!
“A team has shared success or failure. One person can’t succeed [while] another person fails if you’re an actual team. You win or you lose together.” — Sam Falco
Key Takeaways
What is a team?
A handful of people who are all working toward a common goal/objective and are collaborating/working together
A team has shared success and failure; You win or you lose together
Challenges with larger teams:
They tend to get siloed; i.e., a bunch of people is working individually or smaller teams are formed within the larger team and communication is lost
With a large group, even with the best intentions, someone gets left out (i.e. someone forgets to tell someone something or is unaware that someone hasn’t heard certain information yet)
Increments can be missed if you’re not collaborating and communicating as a team
How to (and how not to) form a team:
The best teams self-select (people with a stake in the project are much more motivated)
If you select random people and put them together in a team they may not function that well together
In “The Tuckman Model,” Bruce Tuckman suggests that you need four stages (form, storm, norm, and perform) to tackle tough problems and deliver results as a team
Leadership strategies for forming teams (Tuckman’s “forming” phase):
It’s important to create a shared vision once a team is formed and then actively move towards fostering connections through being vulnerable and demonstrating vulnerability through group formation activities
As a leader, it is your duty to pick the team with purpose; not availability
If you’re stuck in the “form” stage, it damages the ability of team members to form the connections that are necessary for teamwork
Make sure that the team develops a shared mental image of what their team is like (you could start with something as simple as picking a team name)
Leadership strategies for addressing conflict within teams (Tuckman’s “storming” phase):
Conflict is not inherently negative but many people have never experienced healthy conflict so it is important to look for ways to build trust
As a leader, you have to transition to a “coaching” role when your teams are in a storming phase by helping them develop mutual trust, navigate organizational impediments and conflict, and discussing team working agreements that you can refer to
Storming often happens when it is not clear how the team makes decisions (so it is important to find clarity on this early on)
Try out the “7 Levels in Delegation Poker Group” activity, linked below
Leadership strategies during a team’s “norming” phase:
In this phase, teams identify common goals and work toward these common goals with standards and commitment
The leader’s role shifts more to empowering their team and getting feedback
In this phase, a leader should allow for leadership to emerge within the team (and not being the leader all the time)
It’s important to find the balance in contributing and knowing when to allow the team to get somewhere on their own
In this stage, it is crucial to maintain the trust that you built during the “forming” and “storming” phases
Leadership strategies during a team’s “performing” phase:
Once there’s trust and the team can engage in healthy conflict, it is important to focus on goals and new areas that will benefit the team and business
Once team members can hold each other accountable in a healthy way then you can established shared goals, make a commitment to these shared goals, and achieve these shared goals as a team
After accountability is established, improvement can be built upon that
Characteristics of a good leader:
They help a team make their decisions
They help a team develop mutual trust
They identify what behaviors of The Tuckman Model the team is exhibiting and then appropriately engage with the team members
They consciously build their team and find techniques that work best with them
Mentioned in this Episode:
Lines of Communication (Image)
Esther Derby
Bruce Tuckman — The Tuckman Model
7 Levels in Delegation Poker Group Activity
The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 117: “Don’t Get Your Agile Shorts in a Knot”
Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two fellow AgileThought colleagues — Sam Falco, a Principal Trainer, and M.C. Moore, a Team Agile Coach.
Together, they explore the topic of Scrum mastery — specifically, being a Scrum Master new into an organization. There’s a lot of excitement — but also many potential pitfalls — that come with entering a new group as a Scrum Master. And as someone who joined AgileThought just six months ago, M.C. Moore, in particular, has a lot of experience in this area! He shares his top tips on what to do as you enter a new organization to build trust and vulnerability, how to break the ice with a new team, how to navigate the challenges that come along with entering a new organization that may be doing Scrum differently than you’re used to, and more.
Be sure to tune in as M.C., Sam, and Dan offer their insights on what to do when you enter a new company (that you won’t find in the Scrum guide!)
Key Takeaways
Tips for a Scrum Master that is entering a new organization:
Start by listening (we all have preconceived notions but it is key to first listen)
Be open to changes and be ready for a journey
Set expectations and prep for change
Have an openness to learn and hear from the team (especially with their “whys”)
It is important to get feedback from a team when you step into a new culture
It is also key to share (ideas: share a mind map about you, hold an AMA session, etc.)
Hold fun/game events (helps break the ice and brings teams together) — anything that brings the teams closer and have them see that you’re human too are great in helping you all work toward the same goal/s
“If you’re not having fun in the team, there’s a problem somewhere.” — Dan Neumann
Show vulnerability — vulnerability is a huge component of trust, and trust is the foundation of healthy conflict (if you don’t have healthy conflict, you just have conflict)
Reach out to get to know who they are; show a genuine interest and ask about themselves
Tips for a Scrum Master that is new into an organization that is doing Scrum differently than what they’re used to:
Pick and choose your “battles”
Ask “why” and counter with your “why” for those that have only learned Scrum halfway (“Is this working for you?”, “Are you getting value out of this?”, “Or what value do you expect to be getting out of this?”)
You need to crawl before you walk (oftentimes, people end up putting themselves in a bad spot because they see areas for opportunities and try to take on too much, too quickly, which creates resistance)
Start with (if possible) at least a couple of hours going over the Scrum framework and the “whys” of it so that the team/s understand
If you are not able to start with the above statement, teach as you go (it’s important to take pauses and go through the fundamentals rather than rush everyone through and overwhelm the team/s)
The most successful team start-ups start with the person who would eventually become the Product Owner saying, “We’re not delivering, would Scrum work? Can you come talk to my team?” Blocking off the entire afternoon, and inviting everyone (including stakeholders) so that everyone is on the same page
Tips for Scrum Masters around lifelong learning VS. learning Scrum once:
Lifelong/continuous learning is crucial, especially in a setting where you’re moving from one organization to another
Continuous learning provides you with that “reset” when you entire into a new organization because you’re always staying current with industry knowledge
It’s easy to become comfortable if you’ve worked with your current company for a while but it is part of your evolution to progress forward and stay current
Read books and stay inspired
Go outside your four walls (such as attending virtual meetups or joining a Scrum Masters Guild) — the infusion of external ideas into your organization is invaluable
Differences in being a Scrum Master new to an organization working in a scaled environment vs. a not-scaled environment:
Many differences are organizational in nature
Working with a standalone Scrum team you’ll have a bit more flexibility to do things differently
Mentioned in this Episode:
M.C. Moore’s LinkedIn
Sam Falco’s LinkedIn
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 115: “Scrum Mastership: Patterns and Practices vs. Principles”
Tampa Bay Scrum Masters Guild
SAFe
Esther Derby
A Handful of Earth, A Handful of Sky: The World of Octavia Butler, by Lynell George
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Adkins Lyssa
Console Wars: Sega, Nintendo, and the Battle that Defined a Generation, by Blake J. Harris
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today Dan Neumann is joined by fellow AgileThought colleague and return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought with over 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).
In this conversation, Dan and Andrea explore the topic of “Big Room Planning” — what it is, when you would use it, and how to do it. Andrea also shares the benefits of it as well as some advice on how to do it most effectively in your organization.
Key Takeaways
What is Big Room Planning?
The “what”: Big Room Planning is for when you have a need to bring together multiple teams to collaborate and get alignment on how they’re going to work together to achieve a set of objectives and/or goals for a certain time increment
It is an event where you bring teams together to have a collaborative conversation and create a forecast on what you hope to achieve in a given amount of time
In this conversation, you identify measures and/or time frames where you can have check-ins in order to see how you’re progressing or where you need to make some shifts
It is called Big Room Planning because it implies you would use this technique when you are trying to coordinate across interdependent teams or teams that have a level of impact on one another
It’s all about coming together and being able to see potential points of intersection
Big Room Planning gives the opportunity for different teams to see the different challenges they are encountering and reach their destination together
What Big Room Planning might look like:
It can be as “big” or “small” as necessary
Though it is more beneficial to do it in person, you can use Zoom or Microsoft Meets to hold this event
It is a big commitment and can run from two to three days, depending on where the organization is at in your product lifecycle and your path forward
Other great collaboration tools: MURAL and Miro
The benefits of Big Room Planning:
The “why”: it is essential to help in achieving alignment and a shared understanding so all teams can move together in the same direction
It’s important to plan as a collaborative enterprise so that you can sequence work, have the necessary conversations about timing and dependencies, and make everything visible
This forecasted plan arms the business decision-makers with the right information, transparency, and openness to converse with anyone in the organization
How do you adapt Big Room Planning to “Small Room Planning”?
Even if you’re an individual team, it doesn’t mean that there is not a need to forecast when features are going to be understood
You can do this for a single team and use feature points to give an understanding of the complexity and plot them on a roadmap
What can make Big Room Planning more effective:
Roadmaps
Milestones
Program boards
Feature points (which can help you understand the relative effort and complexity of those features [just like when you do sprint planning and you have story points, feature points help you understand your capacity and your availability for your team/s])
A true commitment and investment of everyone involved is key for a positive outcome
It is important to understand the “what” and the “why”
Making everything visible so all teams can see how things are progressing
Establishing a working agreement is very helpful in coming up with your operating guidelines, what the outcomes you’re seeking are, and structuring out meeting times
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!
Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Agility: Not Just an ‘IT Thing’ with Andrea Floyd”
Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Getting to ‘Finish’ as a Scrum Team with Andrea Floyd”
Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Reasons Why Agile Transformations Don’t Stick with Andrea Floyd”
SAFe
Zoom
Microsoft Teams
Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Setting Up Working Agreements with Christy Erbeck”
MURAL
Miro
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Oftentimes, those who practice agility will turn their nose up at teams or companies that are not doing agile perfectly. And though the agile practices are important and are great pathways to success, many teams and companies often find ways that work for them that are not perfect agile. In this conversation, Dan and Sam highlight some of the ways in which companies and teams find what works for them, why perfect practicing agility isn’t the end-all-be-all, share the key characteristics for succeeding in agile, and, most importantly: why you shouldn’t be getting your agile shorts in a knot!
Key Takeaways
Should a team or company be doing agility perfectly?
If a team finds a helpful practice for them, then that’s what they should do
“That’s not agile,” or “That’s not the way story points work,” is not very helpful to somebody
It’s important to remember that everyone is on their own agile journey and you shouldn’t judge where they are right now in it
An agility mindset is what really matters; they will improve their practice over time
As long as it works for them, they’re delivering, and their customers are happy then they’re good
Just because a team isn’t doing something by the book doesn’t mean they are wrong in doing it
Advice in entering a new role within a company that’s getting started with agility:
Enter the company/role with curiosity
Just because the role states you will be doing certain things doesn’t mean you will always be doing those things/won’t be doing other things
Start with what the company already knows/is doing; you can adapt as you go along
If you’re interviewing for a position of any kind, it’s not just about, “Do they want you?” but, “Do you want them?”
When selecting a company you want to work for it is important to make sure that they breed a culture of innovation (regardless of where they are in their agile journey) and have a culture of constantly wanting to inspect, adapt, and innovate
Strategies for failure in agility:
There are degrees of planning that can be unhelpful when trying to forecast things out — but zero planning is also a strategy for failure
There is this idea that agility is a binary state (I.e. “You either are or you are not agile”) — agility is more of a continuum (it never truly ends)
Key characteristics for succeeding in agile:
Curiosity is a key characteristic of anybody who wants to succeed in agile
Low tolerance for impedance and that we cannot change things; we have to do it this way
Question how things could be done/how things could be done differently
Asking: “What would happen if ______?”
Having an experimental mindset
Don’t make assumptions about what you think are bad practices/what isn’t agile — you could learn a lot from these experiences
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!
Agile Coaches Corner Ep. 116: “Modern Management Made Easy with Johanna Rothman”
Jira
Ralph Stacey Chart
Wikispeed.org
Discover to Deliver: Agile Product Planning and Analysis, by Ellen Gottesdiener and Mary Gorman
Johanna Rothman’s Modern Management Made Easy Book Series
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, part three of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Why has self-organizing changed to self-managing in the new Scrum Guide”?
From Self-Organizing to Self-Managing In this final episode about the major changes in the new Scrum Guide, I’m going to talk about what may be the most significant change in the Scrum Guide update. And that is the change from saying that teams must be “self-organizing” to saying that they must be “self-managing.”
At first, I didn’t think much of it. I thought it was sort of a search-and-replace type of thing. To me self-organizing and self-managing seemed like the same thing. I’d often thought that self-organizing was chosen to keep managers from freaking out: “What do you mean the team is self-managing? Then what am I going to do”? That might be a cynical take on my part.
But even if the change is merely semantic, the significance is that organizations will look at Scrum in a new light. That phrase, “self-managing” is going to be a big shock to organizations that haven’t allowed teams to be self-organizing or self-managing at all.
A lot of organizations sort of gloss over this concept. Teams aren’t really selecting what they’ll work on except in the very shallowest sense of selecting the items that are at the top of the Product Backlog. Product Owners aren’t really Product Owners except in the shallowest sense of they’re allowed to decide what gets worked on first, but they’re still just taking orders from stakeholders. Teams don’t contribute to their goals; goals are handed to them. Teams are allowed to decide how to do what they’re told to do. Maybe we let them decide who sits where, what their core hours are, and that sort of thing. But there’s a lot more to self-managing than just allowing people to decide where they’ll sit and what they’re going to work on, specifically today.
When Teams Aren’t Allowed to Self-Manage What happens when we’re using Scrum but we’re not allowing teams to be self-managing?
One frequent complaint about Scrum is that, “There are too many meetings”. I talked about this in a Trainer Talk episode last year. This complaint is common when an organization imposes Scrum from the top down. Here, you’re going to do this. They don’t change anything about the way they work. So, all those other meetings that are on your calendar don’t go away, and here’s four more you need to do. Often, organizations that dictate Scrum as a veneer atop their existing processes don’t see any better delivery than they were before. Sometimes things get worse. Because now they have the added overhead of the events of Scrum and all the things that go with that.
And this leads to a lack of engagement, lack of ownership, it destroys morale, it causes turnover. You not only can’t retain talent, but you can’t attract talent. Because word gets out and people hear that yeah, you don’t want to work there because that’s a horrible place to work. Self-managing teams create a healthier workplace that people want to join and stay in.
Scrum and Autonomy In his book, Drive, Daniel Pink examined what really motivates people in complex knowledge work domains, which includes product development. What he found was that what motivated people wasn’t being rewarded with money. The three factors that motivate knowledge workers are autonomy, mastery, and purpose.
Autonomy is the ability to decide what I am going to work on and how I am going to work on it. Mastery is the ability to continually improve your skills. And purpose means doing something that’s meaningful. Self-managing teams leverage all three of those things. And Scrum done well has all three built-in.
A Scrum Team decides what it’s going to work on. A Product Goal is more than just a statement handed out. The Product Owner who creates it also collaborates with the Scrum Team on it and on what the Scrum Team needs to do to get there. The entire team gets involved in that emergent product backlog management. That’s autonomy.
Another way that Scrum gives teams autonomy is that they set their own Sprint Goal. No one says, “This is what you’re going to be doing this Sprint.” Instead, the Scrum Team talks about what would be valuable to do based on the feedback they’ve gotten so far and creates its own goal and plan. And then of course, every day in the daily Scrum, the Developers meet and figure out how they are going to move a little closer to the Sprint Goal that day. They’re responsible for coming up with that plan, nobody else.
Scrum and Mastery Scrum encourages mastery. The Scrum team is accountable as a whole for delivery, so there’s no idea that, “This is my area and I don’t have to do anything else”. We all expand our knowledge together and work together.
And then of course, purpose is built into Scrum. We have that important Product Goal that tells us what we’re building and why. And it should be exciting for us.
A benefit of self-managing teams is that there’s less overhead for managers. They don’t have to spend time directing people and telling them what to do. The manager who introduced Scrum to our team and asked me to be the Scrum Master was so relieved that he didn’t have to chase us down for status reports, that he didn’t have to be telling people what to do. He could just say, “Here’s what we need to accomplish.” And we figured it out on our own. His management activities became about helping us grow in our careers. He would ask, “What do you need to know? What do you need to learn? How can I help with that?” Both for technical skills and for navigating our organization. That was a much more fulfilling experience for him and for us.
Another benefit of self-managing is serendipity in development. Hand people a problem to solve and then get out of their way. They will solve it in ways that you never imagined. Maybe solve it better than you would have if you had told them what to do.
Using Scrum to manage a project instead of driving product development misses out on creating valuable products and valuable outcomes — especially in the face of uncertainty. We can pretend that we can predict the future, but we can’t. And in complex product development, something new is always going to come up. There’s an enormous amount of uncertainty. Scrum allows us to adapt to that uncertainty as it arises. Every Sprint we have a chance to change direction.
Getting to Self-Managing Teams So how do you get there? First, I would say abandon the illusion of control. I had a manager once who really struggled with that. He had a deliverable that he had been told must be completed by a certain date. He’d been told the scope, an immovable target date, a fixed budget. And he was obsessed with making sure that everyone knew what he wanted them to do. And I said, let’s try to leverage Scrum for this, and he said, “As long as everyone does what I say, we’ll succeed.” As a result, people didn’t take initiative when they needed to, for fear of getting slapped down. The project ran late, and there was hell to pay as a result.
This is a bad pattern. We need to let go of the idea that we can control everything, that we can predict everything up front.
Feed your teams with objectives, not tasks. Set the boundaries within which they can make their own decisions and steer their own course.
Empower your Product Owners to make decisions and shepherd their products. Certainly, they’ll need to take into consideration what stakeholders need and want, but allow Product Owners the latitude to make decision about what is most valuable to do and give them the resources they need to make those decisions. Things like access to market data, access to customers, etc.
Encourage the Scrum team as a whole to be accountable toward each other and toward achieving positive outcomes. Encourage teams to do small experiments until the goal is achieved or the goal becomes obsolete. And then create a new goal or a new objective. We can manage risk with small Sprints where we constantly inspect and adapt not only the product and our progress toward the product goal but also the team’s effectiveness, the processes they work with, and the objectives they’re being asked to work on.
As one of the principles behind the agile manifesto states, “Build projects around motivated individuals. Give them the environment and support they need and trust them to get the job done. And they will. That’s the promise Scrum offers.
I hope you benefited from this exploration of the changes in the new Scrum Guide. I’d love to hear your feedback. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses
This week, Dan Neumann is excited to be joined by Johanna Rothman — also known as the Pragmatic Manager. Johanna is a management consultant for managers and leaders. She helps leaders identify their problems and seize the opportunities that they know exist — but just can’t find yet. She also provides assessments, workshops and training, coaching, speaking, and facilitation. Additionally, Johanna is also an author of some incredible books on the topics of amplifying your effectiveness, hiring, management, agility, scaling collaboration, and more.
Most recently, Johanna released a triad of management books called, Modern Management Made Easy. These three books are Practical Ways to Manage Yourself, Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others, and Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization.
In their conversation today, Johanna unpacks these three books and shares some of the key pieces of information you will want to know as a manager or leader in managing and leading yourself, others, and an innovative organization.
Key Takeaways
Johanna’s Modern Management Made Easy Book Series:
Practical Ways to Manage Yourself
Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others
Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization
Key lessons from Practical Ways to Manage Yourself:
“Managing oneself” myth: “I must solve the team’s problems for the team”
As a manager, you can’t solve your team’s problems or “inflict help”; instead, you should ask, “Do you need any information from me?” or, “Do you need my help to solve the problem?”
The manager stance of: “Don’t bring me problems, bring me solutions,” is not effective; you should be providing suggestions on where the team member can go next and engage in the problem-solving
Key lessons from Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others:
Myth: “Performance reviews are motivating” — in truth, they can be incredibly demotivating
As a manager giving a performance review, you should be providing feedback that the team member can take action on and improve from
You shouldn’t be asking more from those that are doing incredibly well and expecting them to deliver even more than what you expect from other people
Don’t make the performance review all about money — this can be very demotivating
People do need feedback, just not often not in the form of performance reviews (“There is a difference between feedback and evaluation” — Johanna Rothman)
Conduct one-on-ones with everybody that you lead and serve on a regular basis (at least every two weeks), and you will come to understand what everyone wants and needs, and how they’re working within the organization
Key lessons from Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization:
Offer feedback and coaching labs within the organization
“If we can focus more on what’s working in the organization and what’s working with people, we are more likely to achieve the results that we want.” — Johanna Rothman
Use change-focused feedback and ask for the change that you want
Peer-to-peer feedback works for almost anything (and the key is to do it as soon as you notice a challenge)
Congruence is key (balance yourself, the needs of others, as well as the context you are in)
Ask yourself: “How do we make it so the team can succeed?”
Resilience as a team is key and it’s important to make sure to balance the needs of everybody (i.e. sometimes we need flexibility and sometimes we can extend flexibility to others)
Intentionally practice management
You don’t have to be a manager all by yourself; you can talk to your peers and work together
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!
Johanna Rothman
Johanna’s Twitter @JohannaRothman
Johanna’s Books
Modern Management Made Easy Book Series
Kurt Lewin
Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A's, Praise, and Other Bribes, by Alfie Kohn
Pfeffer and Sutton
Behind Closed Doors: Secrets of Great Management, by Johanna Rothman and Esther Derby
Lean In: Women, Work, and the Will to Lead, by Sheryl Sandberg
“Why A Career Jungle Gym Is Better Than A Career Ladder”
Johanna Rothman’s Blogs
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, part two of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco helps you improve Sprint Planning by answering the question: "How has the Sprint Goal changed with the new Scrum Guide”?
The Sprint Goal and the Sprint Planning In my last episode I talked about introduction of the Product Goal and how that changes the way we see the Product Backlog. The Product Goal is the commitment associated with the Product Backlog. In this episode, we’re talking about the commitment associated with the Sprint Backlog: The Sprint Goal.
The Sprint Goal isn’t new to Scrum. It has been part of the Scrum Guide for at least as long as I’ve been practicing Scrum. It’s what the teams commit to at Sprint Planning. Scrum Teams are not supposed to commit to a scope of work but a goal which guides us in selecting and adapting the scope.
The new Scrum Guide underscores that commitment and its purpose. I think it will help teams understand why they’re doing Sprint Planning in the first place. That Sprint Planning is not merely an exercise in selecting the top X number of items off the Product Backlog and doing that until we’ve made sure that everyone is fully utilized. That’s not the purpose of Sprint Planning. And that view is one of the reasons that Sprint Planning becomes such a tedious chore for so many teams.
Earlier Scrum Guides talked about the need to craft a Sprint Goal as part of determining what Product Backlog Items we will select. In the new Scrum Guide, Jeff and Ken make it clear how important this is by introducing a new topic for Sprint Planning: “Why is this Sprint valuable”? In other words, what do we hope to get out of it? What’s our objective here? What are we trying to achieve? If we want to be blunt, we’re asking: What value are we going to provide in return for the stakeholder funding we’re spending?
So, we start by asking the question, why is this Sprint valuable? Answering that question helps us craft our Sprint Goal.
The Sprint Goal and SMART Goals I talked in the previous episode about the idea of SMART Goals – an acronym for specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and time-bound. I said that a Product Goal fulfills the first two of those — and measurable — but it might not fulfill the other three. But with the Sprint Goal, I think we fulfill all five criteria.
Like the Product Goal, the Sprint Goal is specific and measurable. We’ll know whether we have achieved it. But here we have a much better idea of being able to be realistic and achievable. We want to achieve our Sprint Goal every Sprint, so we do need to select an achievable goal and of course, it’s also time bound by the length of Sprint itself.
When you Don’t Have a Sprint Goal If you don’t have a Sprint Goal, as I said earlier, the Sprint Backlog becomes just a list of Product Backlog Items to fill up our capacity. There’s no coherence to it. And often that leads to other bad patterns like everyone having their own PBIs that they’re working on and the team doesn’t collaborate. It’s everybody working in their own individual silos. I’ll hear people say things like, “We need to stay in our lane”. And then of course the Daily Scrum becomes a dry recitation of what I did yesterday. It becomes a status report and it’s not a collaboration meeting.
These dysfunctions can stem from not having a strong Sprint Goal. If we have a Sprint Goal, then we can create that coherent Sprint Backlog that will help us meet it.
How to Order your Product and Sprint Backlog Now ideally the Product Backlog is ordered so it’s easy to select items from the top and create a coherent Sprint Backlog, but there’s some finesse and negotiation in there, too. If the Product Owner comes to the team and says, “Listen, here’s what I’m thinking for this Sprint. We need to start generating revenue for our web application. We need to build a way to accept payments”. Just because something is at the top of the list, doesn’t mean we have to select it if it won’t help us achieve the Sprint Goal.
And there’s also some negotiation between the Product Owner and the Developers. The Developers might say, “Here’s how much we think we can do. We know you want all the credit cards and PayPal and Apple Pay, and so on, but we can’t do all of that. And we can further refine that Sprint Goal to make it really clear what it is we’re trying to accomplish. For example, we need to accept at least three methods of payment.
Sometimes, teams ask, “What about other stuff we have to do that isn’t directly tied to the product development”? We’re talking about things like technical debt, infrastructure that needs to be taken care of that maybe doesn’t contribute directly to the Sprint Goal but that needs to get done.
And that’s fine. There might be things in your Sprint Backlog that aren’t strongly correlated to the Sprint Goal. But doing what is necessary to achieve the Sprint Goal needs to be the priority. If you find that some of these other items keep getting pushed aside, maybe they should be the focus of a Sprint Goal themselves.
The Third Step of Sprint Planning Once we have a Sprint Goal and it has helped us select a coherent group of Product Backlog Items for our Sprint Backlog, the Sprint Goal also helps us in the third topic in Sprint Planning. Namely, how are we going to do it? Teams that work in silos, once they’ve selected the individual items that they’re each going to work on, they go their separate ways. If everyone has their work to do and they don’t really coordinate or collaborate with each other, there’s often no point in sitting there, figuring out a plan. Each person is going to go off and do their own thing. When we are truly working toward a common Sprint Goal, when we are working toward a common plan that derives from that Sprint Goal, it behooves us to sit down together and figure out what our plan is.
But even teams that aren’t working in silos will often skip the third part of Sprint Planning so that – and I hear this phrase a lot – “So that we can start working.” Well this is part of the work. Good Sprint planning includes creating a plan for working together. Breaking things down into the tasks we need to achieve. We don’t need to forecast every single thing we might need to do. Just enough to get started, that we can show progress every day and that we can uncover what else we need to do as we go.
Without that plan we have a lack of transparency. The Scrum Team can’t see every day at Daily Scrum whether it is making good progress toward the Sprint Goal. They don’t know if they need to adjust their scope. They don’t know if they need to renegotiate which Product Backlog Items belong in the Sprint or what the scope of each PBI is.
Lack of transparency also means that people outside the team can’t tell if the team’s being effective. And that probably means they’ll pester the team more, which has implications for self-management — which I’ll talk about in the next episode. So, having that plan means good transparency for everyone involved and it gives us a much better chance of achieving a positive outcome.
The Importance of the Sprint Goal So, a Sprint goal flows from our Product Goal. The Sprint Goal should be a step toward achieving the Product Goal. The Sprint Goal creates transparency, and it creates the ability for a Scrum Team to deliver reliably, predictably, each and every Sprint and to do it without having to overwork themselves. It helps us establish a sustainable pace, which gives us better morale and a more fulfilling work environment.
I’m going to talk about how they do that in the next episode when I talk about the term self-managing. So, I hope you’ll join me here for that episode. Meanwhile, if you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses
In this episode, co-hosts Dan Neumann and Sam Falco discuss the topic of filling the role of a Scrum Master. In particular, whether you should follow Scrum practices and patterns as opposed to using the Scrum principles, or vice-versa. They talk about what they see most Scrum Masters doing, some of the common mistakes they may make, how to take an effective approach as Scrum Master, and share some of the lessons they have learned throughout their careers as Scrum Masters themselves.
Key Takeaways
Advice for new Scrum Masters/What Scrum Masters should be aware of:
Get feedback and act on it — especially when it’s interpersonal feedback
Ask: “How can I be serving my team better?”
Build support for your team around Scrum (which may be new and uncomfortable to them)
The impulse may be to say, “I’m doing this because that is what it says to do in the book,” but that’s not a satisfying answer for anybody
If somebody asks, “Why do we have to have a daily Scrum?” Don’t just say it is because “daily” is in the title — instead, ask, “What value are you not getting out of the daily Scrum?”
Whenever your team is unsure about why they are doing a particular practice, ask, “Why wasn’t this valuable?” and “How can we get more value out of it?”
Getting a Scrum certification from 2006 or 2008 isn’t sufficient; you have to continuously learn and improve as a Scrum Master — new practices are constantly emerging and you have to adapt
“Let them fail” can be misconstrued as not giving someone enough support in their role and letting them fail (what it actually means is putting someone in the place to win and giving them the chance to fail)
The new Scrum Guide is an amazing resource because it strips away all of the prescriptive practices and is easier for new Scrum Masters to follow
Ask: “Is your daily scrum effective at helping you plan so that this won’t happen again?”
The Scrum Master has to guide the team in a way that’s not telling them what to do
Sometimes as a Scrum Master the best thing you can do is say nothing (which doesn’t mean sitting back and doing nothing; but actively observing, considering, and when your team asks a question, follow it up with another question [i.e. “What do you think you can do?” or “What are some options?” and allow them to figure things out])
Don’t give your team answers, this disempowers them; instead, allow them to try something on their own (they may solve the problem in a better way)
Even if a team member fails when you allow them to try something their own way, remember: you’re only one sprint away from recovering in Scrum
As a Scrum Master, there are times where you may need to step in (i.e. when you know something is going to result in something bad that will cause strife)
Upholding Scrum is a part of the Scrum Master’s accountability
The one situation in which a Scrum Master absolutely needs to step in is if there is abuse
If you feel things have gotten stale as a Scrum Master it is time to broaden your horizons and think about the different ways you can serve your team
Continue to learn and explore different options for how to build some excitement and make Agile principles and Scrum values more present
Patterns and Practices vs. Principles
Doing the practices in an inappropriate way can be harmful and the principles can really illuminate effective ways to do that
Patterns and practices are important (but equally as important is building the principles so that you’re doing them effectively at the right times)
The pattern is important but you need to understand the principle behind it and why you’re doing it so you can then adapt it
As a beginning Scrum Master, it is helpful to follow the practices but if you’re only following the rule because “it says so” or “I say so” it is not a good strategy to push forward with
As a Scrum Master, it is your job to help people become effective and figure out what patterns and practices work for them
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 1: “Do Scrum Well Before Scaling!”
Agile Project Management with Scrum (Developer Best Practices), by Ken Schwaber
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 54: “The Concept of Shu Ha Ri and Why It’s Important to Agile Adoption with Che Ho”
The Scrum Field Guide: Practical Advice for Your First Year (Agile Software Development Series), by Mitch Lacey
Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins
Discover to Deliver: Agile Product Planning and Analysis, by Ellen Gottesdiener and Mary Gorman
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, part one of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "How Has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?"
What’s New in the Scrum Guide? The more I think about the new edition of the Scrum Guide, the more excited I am about the changes. Scrum is still Scrum of course. Nothing changed about how Scrum works or the value it brings.
But by stripping out prescriptive elements, Ken and Jeff have given us a Scrum Guide that makes its purpose and value clearer. Organizations that truly embrace this iteration of Scrum are going to supercharge their product development efforts.
Dan Neumann and I talked about the changes to the Scrum Guide in episode 106 of The Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, titled “What’s new with Scrum?” That was a few days after the Scrum Guide came out. Now that we’ve had time to absorb the changes, I wanted to revisit them. In this three-part series, I’ll examine three changes that I think organizations using Scrum need to pay close attention to. And the one I’m going to talk about in this episode is the introduction of the Product Goal as the commitment associated with the Product Backlog.
The Product Goal and the Product Backlog As I mentioned in episode 106, a criticism that I’ve seen levied at Scrum is that it doesn’t provide a unified vision for the team to work toward. Without that vision, the team lurches from short-term goal to short-term goal and Developers struggle to understand what they’re building and why they’re building it.
It’s true that Scrum didn’t tell you to create that goal. Of course, nothing prevented a Product Owner from doing that, either, and the best Product Owners I’ve worked with did just that. With the Scrum Guide making that Product Goal an explicit part of Scrum, it’s going to make a big difference in the way people look at how they’re practicing Scrum. Here’s what the Scrum Guide has to say about the Product Goal:
“The Product Goal describes a future state of the product which can serve as a target for the Scrum Team to plan against. The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define ‘what’ will fulfill the Product Goal”.
So, the Product Goal is the why and the rest of the Product Backlog is the what.
I like that statement because it describes a future state of the product to plan against. I think this shows us what the difference is between a Product Goal and a Product Vision.
How Does the Product Goal Create a Broader Vision? You’ve probably heard of SMART goals. SMART being an acronym for specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound.
A product vision may lack some of those characteristics.
Let’s imagine we are running a vacation resort and our vision is to become the destination of choice for travelers to our region. That is pretty broad, rather than being specific. It’s not measurable — or at least it’s not easily measurable. We don’t know if it’s achievable until we try. It is relevant to our business, but there’s no time statement in there. So it’s not a SMART goal. It’s inspiring, but by itself, that vision is not enough to give a Scrum Team what they need to know and how to move forward.
A Product Goal is a concrete step toward realizing that broader vision. It’s at the very least specific and measurable. We might not know if it’s achievable or realistic until we try. It might be time boxed, but it isn’t always. Sometimes, instead of setting a release date, the release boundary is the features the product must have. The release date is flexible. Often, of course, we have a time constraint. For our imaginary resort, we might want to make a new product available around the time people start planning their vacations for our tourist season.
So, our imaginary resort’s vision is to be the destination of choice for travelers to their region. What does a Product Goal look like?
It might be something like, “Create a rainforest hike package that will appeal to young couples”. That is specific and measurable: We know what it is we’re trying to achieve; we know who we’re targeting, and we will know when we’ve achieved it.
Looking back again at that definition of Product Goal: The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define WHAT will fulfill the Product Goal. That has some specific benefits.
The Product Goal creates transparency. We know why we’re building the product, and we know whether it makes sense to keep building this product. Is the “why” still a concern? If not, we can end the product development effort. Our imaginary resort can look at whether young couples are responding to our offerings, or whether they even travel to our region at a rate high enough to justify the cost of developing the new product.
The Product Goal helps us understand what value we expect to create so we can validate if our efforts are creating the desired outcome. As our resort creates initial increments of the product, it can monitor how often young couples purchase the rainforest hike package, how much they’re willing to pay, and what they say would make it better.
The Product Goal helps us understand what should be in the Product Backlog and what should be out of it. Our resort’s goal is targeting young couples, so the team can weed out child-friendly options for the product.
How Does the Product Goal Help the Product Owner? I’ve seen a lot of Product Backlogs that are huge lists of unrelated requests. We just shove it in the junk-drawer and don’t think about whether or not we really need it. With a Product Goal being in the Product Backlog and the rest of the Product Backlog emerging around that, we can always validate our PBIs against the Product Goal. Should this be in here? Would this contribute to the Product Goal? When someone wants to ask the team to do something, it gives Scrum Teams a way to avoid non-value-added work or at least work that doesn’t contribute to the Product Goal.
Because remember, the Product Owner can delegate Product Backlog Management activities to others. With a Product Goal that provides guidance to those delegates as to what they should be doing, activities like Product Backlog refinement become easier.
The Scrum Guide also says that “The Product Goal is the long-term objective for the Scrum Team. They must fulfill (or abandon) one objective before taking on the next”.
I love this statement because it will help teams focus. A lot of teams face the problem of being asked to do too much. They are asked to work on multiple products or work on multiple goals within one product. Sometimes there’s not a specific product at all that they have in mind, they’re just working through that requirements junk drawer.
That damages morale, it damages performance. It damages the ability to deliver value for the organization.
With a Product Goal, and the expectation that the Product Backlog by and large contains items that emerge as a result of that Product Goal, we can make much more meaningful Sprint Goals. Remember that initial criticism that I talked about that teams lurch from Sprint to Sprint without any overall vision. This really helps that Sprint become a step toward the Product Goal which is a step towards a product vision. I’ll talk about the Sprint Goal and Sprint Planning in the next episode.
Having a Product Goal means that when the Product Owner isn’t available during a Sprint, Developers can make decisions about Product Backlog Items they’re working on to align what they’re building with the Product Goal. Because sometimes the Product Owner isn’t available.
People take vacations, for one thing. But beyond that, a Product Owner isn’t going to be with the Developers 100% of the time. Not if they’re going to be doing the rest of the job well, which is to be talking to stakeholders, understanding what they need. Talking to customers, understanding what they need. Doing market research. What is the competition doing? That all takes away from the Product Owner’s availability to Developers. With a solid Product Goal, Developers can move forward in the absence of the Product Owner, and then they can coordinate with their Product Owner when the Product Owner becomes available again.
The Product Goal helps the Product Owner move beyond being a mere order taker. Often, new Product Owners are just receivers of requirements. They’re told, “You just write down what stakeholders tell you. Your contribution is ordering the list, but we’re going to get all the stuff stakeholders ask for”. Those Product Owners are just proxies or scribes.
What’s better is when Product Owners can move away from that receiver of requirements stance and instead create a stance where they are initiating requirements. Where they are a true representative of what’s good for the business and what’s good for the product. Here’s how this product will help the business. When someone asks for a new feature, the Product Goal helps a Product Owner take a stand: That aligns with the Product Goal or it doesn’t, and here’s why. This helps Product Owners move toward an entrepreneurial stance which helps in creating good, valuable products.
Getting More out of Using Scrum So, if you want to get more value out of using Scrum, make sure you have a strong Product Goal. Empower Product Owners and the Scrum Teams of which they are a critical part, to focus on realizing that goal.
Next up, we’ll talk about how the new emphasis on the Sprint Goal as a commitment in the Sprint Backlog changes our approach to Sprint Planning. Meanwhile, I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his regular guest/co-host, Sam Falco! Together, they’re exploring the topic of agility and some of the early decisions that either create difficulties or opportunities as organizations are moving towards agility.
The decisions that you make early on with your organization can strain you in ways that are unforeseen. It’s one of the reasons why agile coaches and leaders often say: “Don’t make a lot of decisions about your product up-front until you get some data back.” In this conversation, Dan and Sam highlight the key differences between the decisions that are made up-front that can impede a team in the long term vs. the decisions that can help move an organization forward in the right direction.
Key Takeaways
Why you shouldn’t make major decisions up-front:
Making a lot of decisions (or major decisions) up-front can often strain you in ways that are unforeseen
You shouldn’t make many decisions about your product up-front until you get some data back
I.e. If you build your entire architecture platform before you deliver any business features, you’re constraining yourself because you’ve built a lot of things that may never get used
The same goes for organizational design (if you make too many decisions about how you’re going to ‘do agile,’ you’ll experience constraints later on
Agility is suited for conditions of high uncertainty, so when you try to apply predictive thinking to an evolutionary approach you’ll run into many challenges
Decisions that are made up-front that can impede a team in the long term:
Avoiding rework (it is sometimes needed/important to revisit decisions you’ve made in the past and fix them)
I.e. If the bone that you broke when you were 10 healed wrong, you’re going to have to break it again to fix it — the same goes for some of the decisions you make in your organization (i.e. re-platforming)
Solution: Take on an experimental mindset and ask, “What would it look like to intentionally take on some rework?”
The key thing to say to clients that are resisting rework would be: “Rework for the sake of rework is bad. But, look at the value you can get and make a good decision based on that.”
Dedicated individuals on a team vs. shared resources across many teams
“We have to have people on multiple teams because we’ve got so much going on.” That’s a problem in itself — limit your work in progress; you’ve got too much going on
Solution: Stop saying, “We can’t do that,” and instead start asking, “How can we?”
Another team-oriented decision that can cause problems later is component teams vs. feature teams
It is better to all work together on the same thing and get it done rather than handing it off from team-to-team
Having one person do two roles (i.e. they’re the Scrum Master and the Product Owner)
If someone is trying to balance two roles they won’t do either well
Solution: Take a look at the roles and make sure that they’re being filled in a way that gives a person a chance to be effective
“Scrum has too many meetings”
Solution: Have everyone attend the same meetings which will eliminate additional meetings for separate teams — transparency and communication are key
New Scrum teams using the thinking of, “Let’s just put all of the items into the backlog, and then we will work the backlog until it is empty.”
This comes from a place of not trusting or understanding incremental delivery
Key takeaways and final tips:
Apply a systems-thinking pattern and an experimental mindset
Abandon the illusion that we can predict the future and that we can control the outcome
Having a forecast of where you’re going is valuable but it is important to realize that it is not certain
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!
Console Wars: Sega, Nintendo, and the Battle that Defined a Generation, by Blake J. Harris
26 Marathons: What I Learned About Faith, Identity, Running, and Life from My Marathon Career, by Meb Keflezighi with Scott Douglas
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Sam Falco is joined by Andrea Chiou to discuss the topic of clean language!
In their conversation, they discuss clean language; what it is, what it is not, where it originated from, its applications, and the barriers or challenges to using clean language (and how to address them). Andrea also outlines key clean language questions, how to know when and where to use them, and what you can do to further improve your clean language!
Andrea Chiou’s past work includes many roles within IT, from developer to business and process analyst, technical lead, and PM. Her main focuses include Scrum, Kanban, strategy, facilitation, remote working, product visioning, conflict management, leadership, user experience, clean language, organizational learning, and coaching. Andrea’s mission is to help people at work connect to one another so that the best possible outcomes are available not only in the moment but over a sustained period.
Key Takeaways
Mentioned in this Episode:
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on http://agilethought.com/podcast!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by Scott Brinker! Scott is the VP of Platform Ecosystem at Hubspot, the author of the ChiefMartech blog, and the founding program chair of MarTech Conference.
In their conversation today, they explore some topics around approaches with shifting from product to platform, organizational change with distributed agility, and exploring the Flywheel Model at Hubspot. Scott also shares his tips and advice around alignment, distributed authority, and preventing backsliding!
Key Takeaways
Hubspot’s shift from a product company to a platform company:
Hubspot made the shift in order to move beyond just building within their own organization to being able to open up APIs and extensibilities that would allow other companies and developers to build on top of that foundation (in turn, shifting the value proposition to customers)
Expanding from your own team(s)’ ability to innovate and experiment to empowering team(s) around the world to innovate and experiment
They went from focusing on an end-user audience to requiring the product teams to look at another dimension of what they were creating
The value in shifting from product to platform:
The ability to adapt to change at scale is an invaluable skill
This process helps pressure-test your ideas in a variety of different circumstances
Tips for shifting from product to platform:
You want a clear top-down strategy and a sense of where you’re going and why, but also the freedom to experiment and create
You don’t want to have top-down handcuffs but you do want a strategy so people can align
Experimentation is the pathway to greatness and the best way to have a great idea is to have a lot of ideas!
It is ideal to have a blend of a formal/informal experimental framework
Tips regarding alignment:
If you’re going to have a product in the ecosystem, you want to make sure it adheres to some basic governance
You want to make sure that the experience that customers have with anything in the ecosystem is good
You can’t have governance that strangles the teams but you also don’t want a lack of governance that puts your organization at risk — finding balance is key
How distributed authority works plus tips:
Distributed authority refers to giving someone the authority to take something and run with it (in turn, creating a tremendous pace for innovation within an organization)
To make this successful at scale, you need some scaffolding and governance increasingly over time so they are all tying back into a common foundation
When it comes to the product to platform, each individual team needs to come to terms with it (almost like a retail approach to change management)
Pro: Because you have these highly empowered teams, as soon as they “get it,” their ability to move very quickly and do amazing things is greatly increased
Con: ’Tis not a one-shot thing; you have to invest the time and go team-by-team
It may take longer than you think it will, but it leads to strong, genuine change that sticks
Tips and advice around backsliding:
Creating alignment between platform and ecosystem as a way to help your team(s) achieve their goals creates a strong bond
Things diverge for good reason; usually, it is an indicator that that team needs to adapt or that something is not a good fit and needs to be changed
What first might look like backsliding might actually be the discovery of finding a new path or possibility (so don’t quash things too early)
What is the Flywheel Model?
“The Flywheel is a model adapted by HubSpot to explain the momentum you gain when you align your entire organization around delivering a remarkable customer experience.”
“With the flywheel, you use the momentum of your happy customers to drive referrals and repeat sales.”
“Other models think of customers as an outcome — nothing more, nothing less.”
The most successful companies address all three components of a flywheel: how fast it’s spun, how much friction there is, and how big it is (which determines customers’ attraction, engagement, and delight)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Scott Brinker
Hubspot
ChiefMartech.com
MarTech Conference
The Flywheel Model | Hubspot
Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder, by Nassim Nicholas Taleb
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Joining the podcast today is Abiodun Osoba, the CEO and founder of The Agile Advisor Africa! Abiodun has over 20 years of experience in telecommunications, banking, retail, wholesale, technology, startups, and software industries, and over 16 years of experience working in Agile environments. She has provided executive Agile coaching in 10 countries; trained over 200 staff in Agile fundamentals, Scrum, and Kanban; and successfully led digital programs in six countries. Additionally, she is also on the Chair of the Board of Trustees of the Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria, a founder of Globally Igniting Africa, a founder and speaker at the Agile Nigeria Meetup, founder of AGILE PLUS, Founder and CEO of The Agile Advisor Nigeria Limited, and Founder and coach at Agile for MEA.
Today, Abiodun and Dan are going to be exploring the role of the agile coach, specifically as it relates to the challenges of agile adoption and getting individuals in the community to really embrace agility in the agile framework. Abiodun shares about the challenges she has personally seen as an agile coach with organizations embracing the agile framework, her strategies and suggestions and mitigate said challenges, what she has done to help bring agility into organizations in Nigeria, and her advice in implementing agility in traditional organizations.
Key Takeaways
Challenges that Abiodun is seeing as an agile coach with organizations embracing the agile framework
Embracing agile values and principles can be difficult in places where the traditional culture is very strong
One of the biggest challenges for an organization in driving its team towards embracing an agile culture lies with leadership
If leadership is not able to make a decision quickly with regards to change (and instead, focusing on what they’re going to lose due to change rather than focusing on what they’re going to gain)
Leadership may struggle with the dynamic shifting from “managing” to “collaboration,” and losing their positional authority
Competitive storytelling
Abiodun’s strategies and suggestion to mitigate these challenges:
Openly talking about the everyday challenges you are facing (not as a professional, but as a person) into your network
It is important that people know that you have empathy and that you are wearing similar shoes to their own
If you communicate well, they will be more open to your advice and suggestions
When the organization or teams trust you can cite similar challenges you have faced and they will be more open to trying the solutions you used in those
Use stories and experiences to build empathy and connection
What Abiodun has done to help bring agility into organizations in Nigeria:
The Agile Nigeria Conference (hosted by the Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria) has been a way for them to reach out to a lot of organizations and thought leaders to share about the agile framework
Partnerships through this have helped people become certified, access to certain resources, membership discounts, etc. Through this, there has been an influx of involvement in the Nigerian agile community
It has helped create a platform where lots of people can contribute to it which helps move the needle
How do organizations respond to implementing an agile framework? And what are some of the tactics that Abiodun suggests for getting more traction with implementing changes in an organization?
They generally respond in a very open way and know that change is important
They also generally respond in an open-minded way to these changes
What they’re doing as a community is having local people (project owners, scrum masters, etc.) to have open conversations about agility early next year
With Abiodun’s company, they are compiling their own thoughts and reflections on the new Scrum Guide, packaging that info, and sharing it with their clients
Spreading awareness and providing free education and resources can be helpful in gaining traction
Abiodun’s suggestions in implementing agility in a traditional organization:
The approach should look more evolutionary rather than prescriptive
Take advantage of what you already have and make some strides and efforts before you start implementing changes — especially in traditional organizations
Providing a roadmap without it being step-by-step satisfies clients/organizations in letting them not feel left in the dark without being overly prescriptive
Mentioned in this Episode:
Abiodun Osoba
The Agile Advisor Africa
Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria
AgileThought’s “Virtual Community: Agile Heard Around the World” (with Quincy Jordan, Abiodun Osoba, and other featured guests)
Agile Nigeria Conference
The Scrum Guide
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jim Ewel, the President and founder of AgileMarketing.net.
Jim has been involved with agile and marketing for over 10 years and is a leading proponent of using agile in the marketing space. He was one of the original co-authors of The Agile Marketing Manifesto as well as his recently published book, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing: Proven Practices for More Effective Marketing and Better Business Results. Additionally, he is also an agile marketing blogger, trainer, speaker, and angel investor.
In their conversation, Jim gives the lowdown on all things agile marketing. He shares how the world of agile marketing is both similar and dissimilar to agile for software developers, the key drivers that have led marketers to adopt agile (especially in the past year), the benefits for marketers adopting agile, and his coaching tips for getting started with coaching in the space of agile marketing!
Key Takeaways
The key drivers that have led marketers to adopt agile:
The pace of change (both with the pandemic and the shift to digital advertising, mobile devices, and technology tools)
With this shift to technology, marketers are having to become technologists (and part of how you do that is through agile)
The limited resources also have been moving marketers to agile with the increased demand
The benefits for marketers in adopting agility:
With the shift to digital, the opportunity for feedback is greatly accelerated in marketing to enable agility
Digital tools allow marketers to be more precise about the outcomes of their marketing than ever before
Agility creates a focus on outcomes rather than outputs which applies directly to marketing (because marketers want to make sure that they are continuously testing to improve business outcomes; not just simply putting out more content)
The process creates predictability
Understanding top-down decisions vs. decentralized decisions (knowing who gets to decide what, when, and with what information is really critical to moving fast)
Utilizing intent-based leadership (i.e. giving people permission to make the decisions and they tell you their intent. As a manager, your responsibility is to provide real clarity about what a good decision looks like and make sure that people are competent in whatever it is that they’re making decisions about)
Agile in marketing vs. agile in software:
How marketers use user stories (which, in turn, impacts how they build and process their backlog as well)
The agile marketing world uses the methodologies of Scrum, Kanban, and Scrumban
Which one they use depends on what kind of marketing they’re doing
Marketers are more likely to practice the informal kind of Scrumban rather than the formal kind (they typically adapt various practices to their various needs and company)
Marketers are less likely to do canonical Scrum than developers are
Jim’s coaching tips for getting started with coaching in the marketing agile space:
If you’re looking to practice agile marketing, start with a certification
Start with a marketing background before you become an agile marketing coach
Read Jim’s book, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing
Before you teach the process of agile, you need to get alignment on why the team you’re coaching is implementing agile marketing, what problems they’re trying to solve, what success looks like, and how they can measure success
Structure is key for an agile marketing team
Check out the resources tab on AgileMarketing.net
Mentioned in this Episode:
Jim Ewel’s LinkedIn
Jim Ewel’s Twitter
The Agile Marketing Manifesto
The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing: Proven Practices for More Effective Marketing and Better Business Results, by Jim Ewel
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet
“The 7 Levels of Delegation,” by Jurgen Appelo
SAFe
ICAgile
Hacking Marketing: Agile Practices to Make Marketing Smarter, Faster, and More Innovative, by Scott Brinker
AgileMarketing.net
Experiences: The 7th Era of Marketing, by Robert Rose and Carla Johnson
Practical Kanban: From Team Focus to Creating Value, by Klaus Leopold
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is excited to be joined by Ola Berg who is joining virtually all the way from Sweden! Ola is a Change Strategist and Agile Guide for Nimbletribe with a vision that every workplace should be a safe and exciting environment where people look after each other and are super productive — and not because he believes we should be superhumans, but because of the great procedures, collaborations, and culture we can achieve through agility.
In Dan and Ola’s conversation, they discuss Agile and the importance of connecting the “whole”; the mindset, the process, and the culture, in order to achieve true, “whole” agility. Dan shares his tips for agile coaches and guides alike on how to be more holistic in your approach to an agile transformation and the actionable steps you can take to get there.
Key Takeaways
What does “connecting the whole” refer to in agility?
It is more than just applying the Agile mindset, following the process, or focusing on culture; you need to consider all three together
You need to consider and address all three (i.e. the “whole”): mindset, process, and culture for agile to be successful
Ola’s advice in approaching an agile transformation as a whole:
Creating a bubble of a common culture where the agile values are prevalent is a crucial element to creating harmony between the process, culture, and the structure
Insulate the change from the rest of the organization so that it does not get killed off
The change always needs to be contained (if it is not it will spread too fast and will break things)
You need to introduce instability to the organization but not all at once (otherwise it will collapse)
You need to have elements in the change that are accepted by everyone
You need to be a team player and collaborate
Change needs to occur within but also in the API
Early on, create a map so that you can get situational awareness of what’s going on (from the process of how people are working, the culture, and the structure)
“Ultimately, it’s not my job or your job as an agile coach to change things. The only ones who can change things are the people doing the work. So our job must be very much directed towards creating awareness.” — Ola Berg
An agile coach or guide must work as if they could be removed at any time; It is crucial that they make sure the team has the same awareness of the environment as themselves
The goal as a guide is to instill awareness in all three of these topics: the culture, the processes, and the structure, at the same time
Ultimately, the goal is that the team/s will be able to do this themselves as well as the organization’s collective ability and maturity
The goal is a mature, self-directed team (but in order to get there it is important to be prepared as an agile coach to be able to play a more “parental” role to one of an advisor)
Dump any preconceived notions of what it means to be an agile coach when entering a new organization and instead look at the current situation (i.e. “How do I need to act now in this situation?”, “How mature are the teams?”, etc.)
Provide plenty of encouragement at the beginning and present more challenges as the team matures
If you’re ever unsure as an agile coach you can directly ask your team (i.e. “Do you want me to be more prescriptive or do you want me to guide you through an exploration process?”)
Take small steps first before taking a big leap so you can get a growing understanding of what the big leap/s you need to take is/are
Mentioned in this Episode:
Ola Berg’s LinkedIn
Nimbletribe
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan Neumann is joined by Senior Agile Coach at AgileThought, Adam Ulery, to discuss the concept of Agile forcing continuous improvement.
Does agile “force” continuous improvement? What does this mean? Is this inherently negative or positive? How does agile implement continuous improvement as a natural consequence? Dan and Adam address these questions and share their tips on how to leverage agile to maximize your continuous improvement in all levels of your organization!
Key Takeaways
What does “Agile forcing continuous improvement” mean?
Agile “forces” continuous improvement because continuous improvement is inherently baked into agility
“Force,” not as coercion, but as a natural outcome of adopting an agile mindset
The frequent use of feedback loops is built into the way you work in an agile environment, “forcing” continuous improvement
How Agile implements continuous improvement as a natural consequence:
Regardless of the framework, there is a feedback loop with the goal being to deliver as much value as possible to the end consumer
Inspecting and adapting the product and the process at regular intervals
Agile encourages and fosters teams to be able to talk about things transparently and openly and not see impediments as an indictment of their performance
Through failing fast (i.e. learning fast through your failures or mistakes) the team will continue to improve
Tips for leveraging Agile’s continuous improvement:
Address the fear of speaking up by teaching leadership roles on how to make the environment safe for the delivery teams
Acknowledge that the environment may have not been safe in the past but that changes are being implemented and it will be different going forward
The shorter the feedback loop, the shorter the risk (so if something doesn’t go right, you’re not that far from recovery)
Deliver early and often, get the feedback loops working so that teams can course-correct as they learn
It’s important to get to a point where it is understood that quick learning is what the team and leadership is looking for (and that failure is not failure; it’s learning)
Leadership needs to be supportive of the mindset shift regarding quick learning/failing fast so that the team can feel encouraged in exhibiting these behaviors
If you are a leader who wants to begin to make their team more comfortable with quick learning you need to educate yourself, believe it, communicate with your team, be transparent that you’re still learning and growing, set your expectations about what you’d like to see, and call out real examples as they happen so that the team can begin to recognize it
As a leader, display vulnerability and acknowledge that you have not done the best with communicating in the past but that it will be different, going forward
Model the behaviors you want to see as a leader
You need to create safety and support your team in order to thrive and increase performance
Mentioned in this Episode:
Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek
Radical Focus: Achieving Your Most Important Goals with Objectives and Key Results, by Christina R. Wodtke
Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan and Sam are exploring the topic of evidence-based management, which was first mentioned in Episode 101, “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?” In that conversation, they discussed some of the things that Scrum Masters could be doing beyond the team and one of them is in helping manage the product suite.
Dan and Sam unpack the concept of evidence-based management and share how this model can be used alongside Scrum to help people and organizations improve the way they deliver products and improve the value of their products.
This episode is rather timely too, with the newest edition of the Evidence-Based Management Guide just being released on Scrum.org! If you’re new to EBM (or didn’t fully understand it before) there is no better time than the present to learn about it.
Key Takeaways
What is evidence-based management?
It’s an empirical approach to help organizations
EBM provides a framework to get a better feel for what is valuable so you can base the decisions you make on actual data (rather than gut-feeling) and run experiments that improve metrics
Through intentional experimentation and evidence, EBM enables organizations to systematically improve their performance over time and refine their goals based on better information
The EBM model:
It has five key elements:
A Strategic Goal — something important that the organization would like to achieve; this goal is big and far away with many uncertainties (similar to a product goal) — because of this, the organization needs a series of practical targets, like:
Intermediate Goals — achievements which indicate that the organization is on the path to its Strategic Goal (the path to the Intermediate Goal is often somewhat uncertain but not completely unknown) (kind of like a release goal)
Immediate Tactical Goals — critical near-term objective toward which a team or group of teams will work help toward Intermediate Goals (similar to a sprint goal)
A Starting State — where the organization is relative to the Strategic Goal when it starts its journey
A Current State — Where the organization is relative to the Strategic Goal at the present time
EBM focuses on four Key Value Areas (KVAs):
These areas examine the goals of the organization
As an organization, you want to measure and evaluate these
Current Value (CV) – the current value that the product is delivering today
The purpose of looking at CV is to understand the value that the organization is delivering to customers and stakeholders at the present time
Organizations need to be continually re-evaluating and looking at customer/user happiness, employee happiness, and investor and stakeholder happiness
CV helps the organization understand the value that their customers or users are experiencing today
Unrealized Value (UV) — additional/potential value the product could realize if it was pursued
UV could be features that the organization hasn’t considered developed yet (but could) or markets that the product could serve (but doesn’t currently)
The organization should be thinking about: “Can we get any additional value out of this product?” and whether or not it’s worth it
Comparing UV and CV can help an organization decide whether or not they should continue investing in a product
Time to Market (T2M) — how long it takes the organization to deliver new value
The reason for looking at T2M is to minimize the amount of time it takes for the organization to deliver value (without it, the ability to sustainably deliver value in the future is unknown)
Ask: “Are we spending too much time estimating?”
Questions the organization needs to continually re-evaluate for T2M are: “How fast can the organization learn from new experiments and information?”, “How fast can you adapt, based on the information?”, and “How fast can you test new ideas with customers?”
Ability to Innovate (A2I) — the effectiveness of the organization at delivering value
The goal of A2I is to maximize the organization’s ability to deliver new features and capabilities that customers will find valuable
When evaluating A2I, an organization should be asking: “What is preventing us from delivering new value?” and “What prevents customers from benefiting from the innovation?”
Having a hypothesis and executing an experiment:
A hypothesis is a proposed explanation for some observation that has not yet been proven or disproven
After forming a hypothesis, run the experiments, and then inspect the results
Was the hypothesis proven or disproved? Once you have this data you can evaluate it and make adjustments as needed
“Explicitly forming hypotheses, measuring results, and inspecting and adapting goals based on those results are implicit parts of an agile approach. Making this work explicit and transparent is what EBM adds to the organizational improvement process.” — EBM Guide
Mentioned in this Episode:
Evidence-Based Management Guide | Scrum.org
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 78: “Exploring OKRs with Felipe Castro”
Three Horizons Framework
The Anarchy: The East India Company, Corporate Violence, and the Pillage of an Empire, by William Dalrymple
The Creative Habit: Learn It and Use It for Life, by Twyla Tharp
Hillbilly Elegy: A Memoir of a Family and Culture in Crisis, by J.D. Vance
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today marks an exciting day; the new Scrum Guide was released just this last Wednesday and marks some big, notable changes! The release of the new guide also marks Scrum turning 25 years old!
Join Dan Neumann and Sam Falco in this episode as they discuss all of the changes from the previous 2017 to the new 2020 guide; share their thoughts and key takeaways; and provide further insight on what some of these changes could mean for Scrum, Scrum teams, and Scrum Masters going forward.
Key Takeaways
Notable changes to the new 2020 Scrum Guide:
From 17 pages to 13 pages
Clarification on the daily Scrum; why you have it and what its purpose is
The statement about the immutability of Scrum went from being an endnote to being placed front and center
They’ve taken out all IT-specific language; the 2020 Scrum Guide is explicitly reaching out to an audience beyond IT and software development
“Developer” no longer means “coder”; it applies to anyone developing a solution (if you are developing a product, you are a developer)
The new language used in the guide will make it easier to teach and apply to a broader audience (such as marketing campaigns, artistic endeavors, etc.)
Doing away with two levels of teams (no more Scrum team which has a development team); it’s just a Scrum team now
All roles are within the Scrum team (i.e. the Scrum team is responsible for all product-related activities)
In the 2017 version, it spoke about potentially releasable increments but in the 2020 version, it says the increment must be useable
A greater emphasis on the fact that the Scrum Master is accountable for the Scrum team’s effectiveness by enabling the Scrum team to improve its practices within the Scrum framework
Clarification around one of the ways that the Scrum Master serves the team: “by causing the removal of impediments” (vs. “removing impediments” in the 2017 vers.)
From “self-organizing team” to “self-managing team”
Commitment has taken on a greater significance: each of the three artifacts now comes with an associated commitment
Before, the commitment on the Scrum team was to the sprint goal; now, the product backlog has its own commitment (the product goal), the sprint backlog retains the sprint goal as a commitment, and the increments commitment is the definition of done
This change emphasizes the importance of a long-term vision and eliminates the previous criticism that Scrum is just about going sprint-to-sprint
Closing thoughts:
Scrum itself inspects and adapts
Jeff and Ken are hearing and listening to what people are saying about the Scrum Guide and are striving to help people understand it better
It continues to evolve at a good rate
Be sure to go read it through start-to-finish!
Mentioned in this Episode:
The 2020 Scrum Guide Launch Event
Ken Schwaber’s 2020 Scrum Guide Teaser Blog Post
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan Neumann is joined once again by Quincy Jordan; Principal Transformation Consultant at AgileThought! Today, they’re exploring the concept of losing control to gain value.
Though the concept of “losing control” may sound a bit frightening, it is actually the most invaluable thing you can do as a leader of a team! Oftentimes, there are habits of control that can greatly impact a team’s ability to self-organize, mature, and deliver value. With less control, the team is able to produce better value.
In this episode, Quincy outlines the many interesting facets of losing control to gain value. He shares what this loss of control is, why losing control is key to gaining value, what you can do as a leader to let go of control and support your team in creating value, and much more!
Key Takeaways
Why is it important to lose control to gain value?
If you’re wanting to gain/produce value, you can run into roadblocks if you have a desire or habit of control
Oftentimes, leaders and senior leaders (especially managers, tech leads, etc.), primarily in the context of Scrum, struggle with a habit of control which can block them from achieving their desired result of more value
There are many habits of control that can impact the team’s ability to self-organize and deliver value
The leader can become accustomed to controlling the team’s narrative, leading the team to build mechanical habits (which doesn’t encourage self-organization, free-thinking, or experimentation)
Leaders are often inundated with fear that if they allow the team to self-organize they’ll make the wrong decisions or won’t produce as much (but this needs to happen in order for the team to mature properly)
When people want to direct and control what the team does (i.e. how they figure things out) they are hindering them from producing better results or better value (your team is full of smart people that can figure things out!)
If the team only knows the objective and they don’t understand the “why,” there is the potential that they’ll begin to do stuff mechanically (because it cripples them from making decisions in line with what the expectations are)
If you are directing your team’s day-to-day activities, you’re actually limiting/capping what they’re capable of
Exerting control of their activities makes you become the bottleneck
Why can a loss of control lead to more value?
Shifting the focus from trying to control what people are doing to instead trying to understand what they’re intending to do allows the team to mature
By removing yourself as the bottleneck of your team you’re allowing them to have room to grow and mature
Tips for leadership in letting go of control to support the team in creating value:
As a leader, it is important to not only understand the approach that’s being taken and where the parameters are/where the boundaries lie, but also that the team has the ability to self-organize and to figure out the best way to accomplish what is going to produce the most value
Your team just needs to know what the objective is that they’re trying to achieve (any more control is a hindrance)
It is critically important for teams to understand the “why” behind what the objective is (if they do, 9/10 times they’ll produce the best results and the best value that they’re capable of!)
Instead of controlling or directing the workflow, leaders should be focusing on improving the environment in which people work, closing skill gaps, and removing organizational impediments
As a supervisor or tech lead, you should serve as a mentor or be there as a resource for the team (i.e. a go-to point for team members if they get stuck or need some direction on finding resources that will help them do their work)
It’s important to be there as a support but not a person to direct day-to-day activities as a leader
Leaders at a program, VP, or portfolio level need to make sure that they’re supportive of an agile ecosystem
In David Marquet’s Turn the Ship Around!, he talks about intent-based leadership (where the team comes to leaders, not with a request for direction, but instead with a: “I intend to do x, y or x,” which gives the leader a chance to inquire if appropriate. Eventually, this leads to less checking as the team demonstrates competency and consistency of delivery)
Pivoting to intent-based leadership is only possible if the leader makes it clear what the outcome is that they’re expecting
How to balance giving your team room to grow with safety measures:
In taking a Scrum approach, there are many benefits (because the framework gives solid boundaries that allow for a good balance of self-organization and accountability)
Accountability to one another (and themselves) is created by having daily Scrums
The sprint review adds balance because nobody is going months at a time without feedback
There is a regimen within the flexibility that the Scrum framework provides
Mentioned in this Episode:
Quincy Jordan
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In celebration of the two-year anniversary of the podcast, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco, co-founder of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast. In the theme of continuous improvement, Dan and Sam take a look back on the last two years of the podcast and reflect on all that they’ve learned about podcasting and agility. They also invite on some of their favorite past guests and AgileThought colleagues to share their own biggest takeaways and lessons learned from the past two years on the theme of agility. Andrea Floyd, Agile Transformation Consultant; Adam Ulery, Senior Agile Coach; Quincy Jordan, Principal Transformation Consultant; Steven Granese, Managing Director of the Transform Practice; and Michael Guiler, Agile Consultant.
Key Takeaways
Andrea Floyd
Key lesson: the importance of the Agile mindset and an Agile culture coupled with any Agile journey
“What does it mean for us to be successful?” “What will that take from a mindset and culture perspective?” — Andrea Floyd
Tools and techniques: exercises around value stream mapping, understanding what value means to your customers and users, design-thinking techniques around customer journey mapping, good leadership, and commitment from the whole organization
Adam Ulery
Key lesson: the importance of having committed top-level leaders in an Agile transformation
The buy-in of leadership in a transformation is key (it makes the difference in creating real change or giving up)
Drawbacks that occur without leadership buy-in: change will only occur in small pockets at best, more than likely it will flounder and never transform the people and the way they work
Tools and techniques: in order for leaders to transform themselves they must be committed and willing, step out of their comfort zone, push through fears, and commit to change
In summary: it is important to have top-level leaders that are committed to the transformation and are committed to change
Quincy Jordan
Key lesson: Agile is Agile (it has transformed, evolved, and adapted over the years)
It used to be considered strictly for software development but has now been taken outside of IT; into HR, marketing, etc. The overall thinking has made a big splash in non-IT environments
A challenge with agility being adopted into non-IT environments: sometimes business and leadership have a misconception that agility is only IT so they believe it is not relevant to them
When agility ripples outside of IT, it can be really powerful
Michael Guiler
Key lesson: that the business side has really begun to take hold of agility
What has caused the shift from technology-driven agility to business-driven agility: the entire world has fundamentally begun to understand that agility is key (i.e. “We can’t just have really detail-oriented plans with a command and control structure and be able to compete in today’s world” — Michael Guiler)
Now, business wants to build an environment where they can really pivot on a dime and compete — and agility is the way to do that
Steven Granese
Key lesson: it is very difficult to define what agility is — especially with large organizations
There are a lot of different ideas and definitions about what agility is
It can be hard to define what problem the client is trying to solve and why agility would help them
How Steven has seen the problems that clients are trying to solve change over the years:
1) From a focus on speed (the speed with which they need to continuously adapt) to a focus on market changes (it’s the organizations that focus on market demands that are the ones having the most success)
2) There used to be more of a concern about leaning too much on tooling and automation but now it has become so good and there is so much more that is possible now due to the tools that are available
Sam Falco
Key lesson: Agility spreads beyond IT — even to a personal level
“Even on a personal level, I have taken a lot of the principles and ideas — and even the practices of Scrum — into my own personal life. I use Scrum on a weekly basis; I do one-week sprints for myself.” — Sam Falco
Sam has lowered his personal work-in-progress limit from three to two and his throughput shot way up
He’s learned how to apply agility in all sorts of situations
Dan Neumann
Key lesson: the power of collaboration (specifically, the value of collaborating with people)
You can riff off each other if a client isn’t quite hearing what one of you is trying to say
Diversity of perspective is tremendously valuable (just like on any well-functioning team)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Steven Granese
Andrea Floyd
Adam Ulery
Quincy Jordan
Michael Guiler
The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning
Eric Landes
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by a frequent guest of his and AgileThought colleague, Quincy Jordan! Quincy is a Principal Transformation Consultant and has been with AgileThought for almost three years.
Together, they will be exploring when things are going so well that you just don’t notice that there are problems bubbling beneath the surface. They address what kind of problems show up when teams become complacent due to things going so well, how to spot these problems (and address them) before they start, and how to differentiate between when things are going “so well that you don’t notice” and actually being on the right path.
Key Takeaways
The problems that arise when things are going so well that you don’t notice that they’re not:
When a Scrum Master is doing super well in their role, those outside the team or the leaders in the organization begin to question if they really need the role
However, if you remove that Scrum Master when the team is doing great and maturing well, things will continue in a downwards trajectory (the same way a car does when a tire goes flat)
It’s the classic scenario of “you’ve done your job too well” and others don’t realize how valuable and important that is
Sometimes the role of Scrum Master role is switched up or rotated in a way that doesn’t fully fill it and the wheels eventually fall off
When things are going well those who suffer from a hero complex lose the opportunity to be the hero anymore — this can lead to situations such as:
When developers have an abnormal tolerance for tech debt (i.e. they are not paying as much attention to the quality of code or adhering to standards that are good for the team, which creates an abnormal amount of bugs that the team has to fix. Then, said developer jumps in as the hero)
I.e. Firefighters lighting fires to put them out
When things are going well there can be a tendency to start to question roles and processes (such as the Scrum Master role and the processes and organizational support that are in place to support the team/s)
When things are questioned, it can affect not only the team/s, but it also affects the organization as a whole
Both the team/s and the organization can become complacent if things are working so well
How to avoid getting trapped in this way of thinking:
Leadership should be constantly assessing whether or not they’re providing the right types of problems to solve
The team should be asking themselves if they’re looking at the right problems to solve
Is the team properly considering Horizons Two and Three if they are beginning to go down the path of the Three Horizons model?
Shift from “How much faster can the teams go?” and “How much more stuff can they deliver?” to “Are we delivering the right capabilities?”, “Are we delivering things customers want?”, and “Are we continuing to experiment and innovate?”
The wrong question is: “Can we get even more out of this team?” The right question is: “Can we make sure that we’re providing them with the right problems to solve?”; “Where can we, from a leadership standpoint, give more guidance to increase business value?”
How to differentiate between a mature and a complacent team:
Though they can sometimes look the same on the surface, a very complacent team will have far more carry-over stories than a mature team
Ask: ‘How well has this team challenged themselves in terms of their own velocity?’ and ‘Are they taking it upon themselves?’ A more mature team would exhibit these types of these behaviors as opposed to a complacent team
A more mature team makes time for continuous improvement and retrospectives whereas complacent teams make them cut them out or make them shorter
Mature teams dig deep and find opportunities to improve
Mature teams look below the surface and think more critically
Mentioned in this Episode:
Quincy Jordan
AgileThought Careers
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”
Three Horizons by McKinsey & Company
Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week you’re in for a treat (or trick)! It’s the Agile Coaches’ Corner special Halloween edition episode! Joining Dan for this spooktacular episode is frequent guest host, Sam Falco. Together, they will be exploring the Scrum treehouse of horrors!
Throughout their careers, both Dan and Sam have both experienced their fair share of horrific Scrum experiences. So, what better way to spend Halloween than to share some bone-chilling Scrum horror stories? From failing your sprint goal to poor planning and beyond, come join Dan and Sam by the campfire to hear some Scrum horror stories that will leave you shaking!
Key Takeaways
Bone-chilling Scrum horror stories:
A team that is not allowed to plan correctly
A team that doesn’t understand the concept of the sprint goal being different from the sprint scope
Failing your sprint goal!
Planning a sprint to 100% capacity and then getting a new request by a customer last minute (which leads to a spiral of frustration, bad morale, inability to deliver, and eventually, a huge quality problem)
When a team can’t cut scope and can’t cut time so they cut corners
Disrupted work which causes bugs to begin to be let through
When Scrum becomes a mechanism for developer abuse instead of a tool for the team/s to manage their work and deliver a higher return on investment
Hearing: “I thought Scrum was just a way of churning through requirements in two-week sprints.”
A bad culture built off ego and pressure
A manager that berates the team and tries to control them through power and fear
A manager that disrupts the team and creates a toxic environment with poor morale
A system based on fear with an emphasis on simply wanting to “look good” and not in supporting a culture of safety
Waterfalling through an 18-sprint project (with this, there is no room for improvement, adaptation, and iteration; the team/s can’t experiment their way to a valuable outcome because they’re simply being given a list of tasks to accomplish rather than being able to use their imagination and creativity to solve cool problems)
Not to fear about these Scrum horror stories — there’s still hope!
In most cases, a project is never unrecoverable; You can start building trust with stakeholders with just a little bit of openness (and by making sure to not point fingers or cast blame)
Honesty breeds more honesty — be as honest and transparent as possible!
Mentioned in this Episode:
Dark Scrum — Ron Jeffries
Live AgileThought Community Event: “Agile Heard Around the World” with Special Guests — Oct. 29th
Challenger: The Final Flight (2020 Series, Netflix)
Theranos
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Joining Dan today is his colleague and collaborator, Sam Falco, to discuss whether or not Scrum Masters are expendable. Is it possible for things to be running so smoothly that you’re working yourself out of a job as a Scrum Master? Is there anything left for a Scrum Master to do once best practices become team culture, the team is self-sufficient, and the organization reaches a high level of performance? Why or why not should an organization keep a Scrum Master around? How does the role evolve over time? Tune in as Sam and Dan answer all of these questions and more on this week’s episode!
Key Takeaways
Qualities of a high-performing Scrum Master that delivers continuous improvement and value to the team and organization:
Mentioned in this Episode:
Live AgileThought Community Event: “Agile Heard Around the World” with Special Guests — Oct. 29th
Peerfit
Cynefin Framework
The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning
The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement, by Eliyahu M. Goldratt and Jeff Cox
Clean Language: Revealing Metaphors and Opening Minds, by Wendy Sullivan and Judy Rees
Humble Inquiry: The Gentle Art of Asking Instead of Telling, by Edgar Schein
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Ed Buckley is the CEO of Peerfit, a company that creates a streamlined way for people to connect their health dollars with fitness experiences people actually want to use. When COVID-19 hit, the company underwent a large restructuring process. Because of the unknown nature of the virus, the company needed something that could provide structure but allowed for flexibility later down the road. This is why Ed decided to work with AgileThought and consultant Christy Erbeck.
In this episode, both Ed and Christy share their 90-day reflections on how agile has worked for Peerfit and what it looks like when decisions are made within teams and not from a sole leader. Ed himself shares how this restructuring has freed him up to think about the future of the company and how the 90-plus employees within the organization are managing the agile framework.
Key Takeaways
How AgileThought and Agile are applied in a business setting.
What gets you here doesn’t get you there. This year you were forced to take a different approach.
Christy, as an outsider, had to come in and really take a top-down approach to see where there was a duplication of efforts and how to streamline Peerfit more effectively.
Ed had to reduce his staff by a significant amount due to COVID-19, he was going to lose some key players and needed to adopt a more “fluid” approach in discussion making.
When you empower your people, you move faster.
Reflections on how Agile has helped Ed’s business
Ed feels free and can choose what actions to be involved with vs. letting his team handle it.
Ed now has the opportunity to look forward instead of being stuck in his business and being the central point for making all the company’s decisions.
Before, the company had very cleared departments or silos. AKA, the sales team, the account management team, etc. Now, they have three North-star teams and each team is attached to one north-star goal.
How Peerfit restructured their team
It was a messy process trying to figure out who should be on what team.
Some team members were afraid that if they weren’t put on the ‘right’ team, they didn’t feel part of the organization.
It is definitely a work in progress. However, Ed set up slack channels to help address concerns and keep people within the organization informed on upcoming changes.
Clear communication has been key to helping everyone feel at ease and understanding who is on what team.
In the beginning, the AgileThought team gave Peerfit a couple of options that they could implement and the pros and cons of each one.
Mentioned in this Episode:
Peerfit.com
Ed Buckley (LinkedIn)
Christy Erbeck (LinkedIn)
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Dan is excited today to be joined by his guest, Simon Holzapfel. Simon is the founder and Executive Director of Copper Beech & Company, where they provide financial literacy for high net worth families. He is also an educator, agilist, and learning innovator. He has dedicated his entire adult life to equipping young adults with the knowledge and skills they require to work, think, and live well.
In this episode, they will be exploring the topic of the Teal movement, Agile organizations, and education during the pandemic. Simon thoroughly explains what the Teal movement is, why it is important, and what it looks like when applied to a variety of organizations. He also shares about a unique project he is a part of and what they’re doing to bring authentic agile to the world.
Key Takeaways
What is the Teal movement?
A reference narrative for how the world of work is, how it has evolved, and where it is going
It is a navigation tool to understand how you can achieve the next level
Laloux (the founder of the movement) proposes that there is a concentric circle to how organizations have developed over time
Red: Command authority, division of labor, power, fear, and chaos (examples: street gangs, mafia, tribal militias)
Yellow: Hierarchy, stability, control, formal roles, long-term perspective (examples: traditional churches, governments, public schools)
Orange: Competition, accountability, meritocracy, objectives, profit (examples: public universities, large corporations)
Green: Delight customers, shared values, engagement, stakeholder balance, culture over strategy, empower (examples: Ben & Jerry’s, Southwest Airlines) — This is where agility tends to live right now
Teal: The next iteration of agility into antifragile organizations, built around higher purpose, self-management, distributed decision-making, wholeness, and evolutionary purpose
Laloux is not saying other colors other than teal is bad; he is saying that all of the other colors are instrumental and getting to where we are now — but they’re cruft
Laloux recommends, as a society, we shed these other colors as best as we can
Recommended further reading: Reinventing Organizations, by Frédéric Laloux
Where this movement connects to different organizations:
Teal education: Students are encouraged to ‘pull’ information into their lives rather than be pushed into learning (Examples: eduScrum, Montessori education)
Teal manufacturing: self-organization, teams pulling in work (as opposed to work being pushed on to them), and bringing your whole self to work (Examples: Morning Star, Buurtzorg)
What Teal organizations look like/involve:
A healthy bottom line
They are incredibly efficient at generating value
Employees are far more productive because they are listened to, encouraged, and engaged
They foster more active engagement which, in turn, creates better results and outcomes
It’s not about no rules or no structures; it is simply a different set of principles (by and large, the agile mindset)
Involves intent-based leadership
Trust is incredibly important — without it, everything will fall apart
Everything is visible and transparent (visibility is the trust builder)
The leaders or teachers create a feedback-rich environment so that the employees/students can learn quickly
About the BU Agile Innovation Lab:
The goal: Bring authentic agile to the world (including college students by meeting them where they are with the interests that they have)
They want to complement schools and not compete with them
They are striving to create a more open ‘meta’ that creates more equity
Authentic agility + trying to introduce more Teal structures
Mentioned in this Episode:
Simon Holzapfel’s LinkedIn
Teal Model (Image)
Reinventing Organizations: A Guide to Creating Organizations Inspired by the Next Stage of Human Consciousness, by Frédéric Laloux
Boston University Agile Innovation Lab: Agile in Education Conference (Oct. 23rd–24th)
Morning Star
Buurtzorg
Montessori Education
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet
Willy Wijnands | eduScrum
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-host and collaborator, Sam Falco, to discuss the topic of professional Scrum.
What does professional Scrum refer to? What is professionalism? What does a professional Scrum Master look like? What does it look like to practice Scrum professionally through principles and values laid out in The Scrum Guide? What does professionalism look like on a Scrum team? Sam and Dan answer all of these questions and more in this episode!
Key Takeaways
What does professional Scrum refer to?
Ken Schwaber’s definition: “A professional is someone who works for money and follows the rules established for the profession. Professionals act and work according to standards where they exist. They also embrace and embody a set of ethical principles established by their profession.”
Adhering to the rules set forth in The Scrum Guide
The Scrum values fulfill the role of the “ethical principles” in the software development industry
A mindset of professionalism and a commitment to a certain set of standards
An emphasis on communication and empathy between business and development (so that you can ensure that you are delivering what the customer actually wants and can use)
Professionalism includes really understanding why you’re doing the things that you are doing
Examples of professionalism:
If you are shooting to release a product to end customers by a certain date, how do you use the Scrum events, the sprint planning, the daily Scrum, and the sprint review within the sprint timebox to make sure that you’re on track?
In the sprint review, identify which adjustments and decisions are needed, and iterate
Important notes about doing Scrum professionally through The Scrum Guide:
It’s not just about having the roles, artifacts, and events in place; you also need to be cognizant of the rules that bind these three things together
Commit each sprint (as a team) to a goal, not a scope
When a sprint goal is a laundry list of things to do it can become overwhelming — it is much better to commit to a goal and negotiate your scope as you go throughout the sprint
Focus on delivering on the goal; delivering on the value
It is important that the organization gives the Scrum team(s) space to be professional
“Professionalism is not just for the Scrum team, just as the Scrum values are not just for the Scrum team; they’re for the organization to live and make space for.”
The responsibilities of a professional Scrum Master:
They are responsible for coaching the Product Owner, the team, and the organization on how to use Scrum in an effective way
The Scrum Master should not be a glorified administrator
The Scrum Master should be working with the entire organization to help it achieve business agility and valuable outcomes rather than just lots and lots of output
Look for ways in which the organization is inhibiting your team’s further growth and success
Look for the areas and opportunities in the organization for further agility
Aspects of professionalism on a Scrum team:
Strong collaboration (i.e. the Product Owner and the team need to collaborate, and the Scrum Master needs to collaborate with the team, the Product Owner, and the organization)
“What does it mean to be a professional Scrum developer?” It’s more than “I’ve got my work done”
The team should not be working siloed
At the daily Scrum, the team should be collaborating on the most effective thing to do that day to get closer to the sprint goal, figure out who needs help, and understand who’s doing what
Toward the end of the sprint when development work is winding down, it is important that developers are helping the test activities happen
“The development team is not just the people that are writing the code; it’s all of the people on the Scrum team that are needed to deliver that increment, aside from the Product Owner and the Scrum Master.”
It is important to find the balance between being a “busybody” and being a “T-shaped person”
A healthy team spirit is vital
Reduncies in skill sets of team members are incredibly valuable
Being open to learning new things beyond your expertise and having the intellectual curiosity to step outside of your role makes for a healthy, well-rounded team
Mentioned in this Episode:
The lawsuit between Scrum Alliance and Scrum Inc.
Scrum Alliance
Scrum Inc.
Ken Schwaber
Mastering Professional Scrum: A Practitioner’s Guide to Overcoming Challenges and Maximizing the Benefits of Agility, by Stephanie Ockerman and Simon Reindl
The Scrum Guide
Arcade Perfect: How Pac-Man, Mortal Kombat, and Other Coin-Op Classics Invaded the Living Room, by David L. Craddock and Milan Jaram
Eric Landes
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
We have a special repeat guest on this week’s episode! It’s Barry Matheney. He is a Senior DevOps Consultant and one of Dan’s colleagues at AgileThought.
Get our Download Would you benefit from a DevOps Coach?
So often, teams operate on a “get it done” model and try to push their code out the door as quickly as possible, but that is not sustainable and not the markings of a high-class professional team. Barry understands the Scrum Teams’ main mission and purpose is often very wrong; it’s to appease the product owner, not create purposeful and meaningful end-results.
In this week’s episode, Barry shares his thoughts on when it’s time to hire a DevOps coach for an organization, some of the troubles organizations run into (problems with easy fixes!) when it comes to their Scrum Teams, and when you know when your team is on the right track in their DevOps journey.
Key Takeaways
What’s the working definition of DevOps?
What are the best ways a Scrum Team can get started?
When do you need a DevOps coach?
How do you know when you should be leveraging DevOps?
What’s the distinction between an Agile coach vs. a DevOps coach?
Mentioned in this Episode:
Would you benefit from a DevOps Coach? free download
AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”
Barry Matheney (LinkedIn)
Podcast Ep. 17: “Embedding DevOps in Large Organizations, with Barry Matheney”
Podcast Ep. 12: “The Importance of Embedding a DevOps Skill Set into Your Team”
Greenfield Project
Podcast Ep. 4: “Setting Up Working Agreements with Christy Erbeck”
Strangler Pattern
Podcast Ep. 2: “What is a Full-Cycle Developer?”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In today’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by AgileThought’s Managing Director of the Run Practice, Daniel Novelo! In his role, Daniel is in charge of defining the vision and strategic direction of the Cloud & Managed Services Portfolio at AgileThought, by understanding the market trends, designing the Digital Products & Services that our customers require, and by delivering the revenue and profit that AgileThought budgets. He also designs, coordinates, and executes business plans with AgileThought’s Partners, Sales, and Delivery Teams to achieve its yearly objectives.
In their conversation today, Daniel speaks about his role as Managing Director of the Run Practice at AgileThought, explains what the Run Practice is, and shares about the different ways that organizations have started down their path to Cloud adoption. He also addresses some of the possible risks associated with migrating to the Cloud, how to mitigate these risks, the benefits and opportunities the Cloud opens up, and how AgileThought works with companies in migrating to the Cloud or optimizing their Cloud usage.
Key Takeaways
What is the Run Practice? What does it do?
It delivers value to customers by providing Cloud & Managed Services and outsourcing the IT operations of its customers (with a modern approach and a mission-critical mindset)
They complement the portfolio of AgileThought’s transform, build, and run by operating and maintaining software, applications, and the underlying infrastructure in production environments
There are dedicated teams to review the cost and complexity of their customers to operate their systems
They accelerate the adoption of the Cloud with a set of services that go from the strategic aspects (like Cloud design, Cloud foundation, & assessments) to building strategies and performing the migrations to the Cloud for their customers
Once their customers are in the Cloud, they help modernize their business applications for optimal Cloud performance
Why Cloud adoption is becoming increasingly popular and why companies want to migrate to it:
It’s important to understand the reasons behind why some companies are adopting Clouds as well as the challenges and implications companies can face dependent on the type of workload they want to bring to the Cloud
It’s nearly impossible to find an organization that doesn’t at least partially rely on Cloud services (especially now, during the pandemic, is it becoming more popular than ever)
Modern workplace platforms are really encouraging the use their Cloud versions
The adoption of Cloud services has been key in accelerating the migration of enterprise workloads to the Cloud
Enterprise workloads show that Cloud Storage is the most widely adopted
You can easily scale up the Cloud Storage within minutes and then scale it down when needed
A Cloud Database setup empowers distributed teams because the team members working remotely can conveniently access data through the internet to perform their tasks
Publishing your dev and test environments to the Cloud is also becoming increasingly popular
Bringing environments to the Cloud gives the ability to use only what you need when you need it
Cloud technology can be a massive enabler for Agile teams (as you are able to spin up an environment, do the deploy, do the validation, and tear it all down once it’s done)
Analytics and big data are huge drivers for the Cloud (because when the data resides in the Cloud it’s easier to locate it, consume it, and to embed it into analytic solutions)
Daniel on Cloud risks and security:
Having partners who can walk organizations through an adoption/sticking their toes into the waters of the Cloud is very helpful in showing how secure it is
More than 90% of Cloud breaches are at the user’s fault
Possible security risks: loss of data (passwords, banking information, intellectual property, and other sensitive data), exposing confidential information (that leads to regulatory or legal actions against an enterprise), malware and ransom attacks, an employee who has left the company still having access to files and information (however, there are tools to mitigate and control this access)
Many risks can be mitigated through tools that can secure confidential documents in real-time
Tools and systems that are lagging behind in Cloud adoption:
A lot of companies that still rely on legacy systems (but there are strategies to migrate these companies to the Cloud [though additional scaffolding may be necessary])
Implementing APIs (and securing them) can be a way to bring a legacy system to the Cloud
How AgileThought works with companies that are new to the Cloud:
Customers should first perform a Cloud readiness assessment for their application and infrastructure
It is helpful to make an inventory of all of the assets within the company and identify which of them are supported in the Cloud and which need an upgrade
The assessment will also help map dependencies to understand the interfaces between all of the customer’s systems, which is key for developing a Cloud strategy
Time and effort should be invested into designing a desired state/a landing zone in applying the architecture best practices
AgileThought helps their customer establish their Cloud foundation and makes sure to include all of the security and compliance requirements
After this, AgileThought helps the customer build their rational decision map (figuring out the path forward, “bucket by bucket”)
AgileThought helps the customer identify which applications they want to modernize or refactor so that they really capture the benefits of the Cloud
Mentioned in this Episode:
AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”
Daniel Novelo’s LinkedIn
Amazon Web Services (AWS)
Microsoft Cloud
Dropbox
iCloud
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Joining Dan Neumann once again is Dr. Jerry Smith who you may remember from a bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner a few weeks back!
Dr. Jerry Smith is AgileThought’s Managing Director of Analytics and Data Science. As a practicing AI & Data Scientist, thought leader, innovator, speaker, author, and philanthropist, Dr.Jerry Smith is dedicated to advancing and transforming businesses through evolutionary computing, enterprise AI and data sciences, machine learning, and causality.
In this episode, Dan and Dr. Jerry Smith explore the topic of digital transformations. Jerry takes listeners through what the process of a six-step AI-driven digital transformation process looks like, the challenges of the process, as well as the key benefits.
Key Takeaways
What is a digital transformation?
Changing the behavior of the organization in relation to their customers
Changing their journey map so that they can achieve the business outcomes they want
Looks at changing the behaviors to create new opportunities
It is not ‘transforming digitally’ (i.e. moving to the Cloud, etc.) — the order of words is important to note
AgileThought’s AI-driven digital transformation:
It is a six-step process that gets a business to actually bend their business curve
It is implemented in a set of capabilities; there are over 67 capabilities that transition an enterprise’s data and transform it into insights and actions and is a systematic process
This process puts a customer into the position of changing their business
(1) ‘Data is the debris of human activity. We collect it all, but all is not important.’
The first thing that is done is data collection
The most important question to ask when you begin is: “What is data?”
Data is because of us; not in spite of us
(2) ‘We determine what data is causal to the business problem. This allows us to only focus on those areas we can control.’
You need to ask: “Of all this data we collect, what is causal to my business problem? What should I be focusing on?”
(3) ‘Using causal data, we build digital twins — surrogates — of the problem. We create an artificial model of the real world.’
They build high-quality, predictive algorithms (from step two’s causal data/input)
Changing this data changes the business outcome
(4) ‘Within the artificial world, we organically grow perspective solutions designed to optimize the business outcome.’
Now that you have the model it is important to optimize the digital surrogate
(5) ‘We implement the prescriptive solutions, wait for change, and collect new data.’
In this step, you are running through optimization, changing those inputs, and looking for a combination that results in that output achieving the business goal
(6) ‘The cycle repeats, bending the business curve.’
When you have the behavior of the people that marketing, sales, and product development will have to change, you can then wash, rinse, and repeat
When you go through the six-step process in cycles you need to give enough time to see the ripples go through to see the changes and continue to iterate and refine
“This is why this six-step process is important for customers; because for the first time we’ve actually connected business and IT together.” — Dr. Jerry Smith
Mentioned in this Episode:
Agile Coaches’ Corner Bonus Podcast: “How to Make AI Work in Your Enterprise with Dr. Jerry Smith”
AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”
Six-Step AI-Driven Digital Transformation (Image)
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
On this week’s ‘solocast’ of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann wants to talk a little bit about words and phrases! If you had a magic wand and could change any word or phrase in relation to Scrum and agility, what would it be?
In this episode, Dan shares the four words and phrases that he would change for all Scrum teams — and, if it were possible, why he would like to see them go away, altogether!
Key Takeaways
Resources vs. People
Don’t confuse the people on your team with resources
If you mean ‘people,’ say ‘people’; don’t say ‘resources’
You consume resources (i.e. time is a resource that you can use to achieve goals)
Commitment vs. Forecast
Commitments are something you keep, come hell or high water
When we’re dealing with a lot of uncertainty, a more appropriate term to use would be ‘forecast’ rather than a commitment
When you’re dealing with your Scrum teams, make sure that ‘commit’ is a term that is held back; think more in terms of forecasts (and especially forecasts with a probability of when you will be able to deliver, such as: ‘We forecast with 90% confidence’)
Grooming vs. Refining
Grooming is something you do to a dog; a more appropriate term for what you want to do to your product backlog in the Scrum world would be to ‘refine’ it
Think of ‘refining’ as the removal of things that are impure or low value
“Your product backlog [is] not a dog; don’t groom it!”
Deadlines vs. Goals & Targets
Deadlines traditionally refer to drawing a line in the sand (and if you cross said line, you’re dead) — which isn’t a very motivating term nowadays!
More appropriate terms would be: goals and targets
“We have a target of releasing the new product on January 1st.”
With targets, you can introduce the concept of a ‘cost of delay,’ when you miss a target date
Having goals and targets with specific dates coupled with a ‘cost of delay’ will allow you to make much more informed decisions about how to prioritize work
Mentioned in this Episode:
Top 30 Agile Leadership Podcasts To Follow in 2020
Agile Coaches’ Corner Bonus Podcast: “How to Make AI Work in Your Enterprise with Dr. Jerry Smith”
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, Christy Erbeck, Chief People Officer at AgileThought, is serving as your guest host for today’s conversation with Steven Granese and Quincy Jordan. Steven Granese is the Managing Director of AgileThought’s Transform Practice and Quincy Jordan serves as the Agile Competency Lead and Principal Transformation Consultant at AgileThought.
In their conversation today, they discuss scaling and transformations and how to effectively lead organizations towards business agility. They speak about the role of scaling in transformations, the challenges of scaling, opportunities that arise as an organization begins to scale, how to know when it is appropriate to help a client scale, and how to know when you’re on the right path with a transformation.
Key Takeaways
Transformation & scaling:
Part of a transformation is in transforming how people think
There are a number of ways to scale
Though it is called “scaling,” oftentimes it is about breaking down the problem into smaller pieces (especially in organizations that are already large)
A real transformation is an organizational transformation throughout all departments
The long term goal is to achieve business agility
Tips for getting clients started on their scaling or transformation journey:
Break down the problem into more manageable pieces in order to be able to take action on them and deliver faster (by delivering faster in these smaller increments you are setting expectations with stakeholders, which increases transparency and creates an outcome of more trust)
Buy-in is needed from leaders
Make sure to employ roadmaps with clients which can help with expectations
Clarity and guidance alleviate stress during the scaling process
Leaders need to address problems upfront when it comes to adopting agile
Asking the question “why” is critical for transformations; it has to be answered first (especially if you’re looking at a true transformation)
“Why are you doing this?”
“What is it that you’re trying to change?”
“Why are you trying to change?”
“Are you confronting real organizational challenges and problems that you have?”
Knowing what your client wants to focus on fundamentally changes how you work with them
Note: A true transformation will take time (sometimes years) and oftentimes, things will get worse before they get better
Differences between the two modes of adopting agile: Delivery and Transformation:
Ask: If you’re interested in adopting an agile way of working, are you focused on improving your delivery OR do you want a transformation (i.e. change the way your business fundamentally operates)?
Knowing which your client wants to do is critical
If your client just wants to improve their process and doesn’t believe anything is broken, they just want to improve their delivery
There is no right or wrong answer, but it is important to clarify what outcome they’re looking for as it will greatly impact how you help them
If a client wants 10–20% better output for their teams they’re looking at improving delivery
If a client wants to fundamentally look at the way their business operates, the types of customers they’re going after, the way their teams are structured, their financial incentives, etc. they are looking at a transformation
It’s important to determine when a client wants to achieve certain outcomes so you know whether to focus on improving delivery first vs. long-term transformation (that will lead to better delivery down the line)
Benefits of an agile transformation/achieving true business agility:
Being nimble, adaptable, and being able to react quickly to changes and demands from customers or the business
With the right culture and infrastructure in place, an organization is able to move very quickly when an unknown market shift happens (such as with COVID-19)
A true agile transformation allows an organization to be in a position that can weather any storm
Allows for better reactions to the unknown
True business agility helps the business be adaptable
Tips for leaders during a transformation:
Encourage the ability to learn, relearn, and unlearn — this is critical because companies may get stuck in their past successes, which limits their ability to learn new things and/or do things in a new way
Be courageous and vulnerable
Be a learner, not a knower
Continuously adapt and learn
Have a growth mindset in order to be able to help your people
Leaders need to ask themselves: “Am I clear as to where I’m going in the future?”, “Do I know why I’m trying to get there?”, and “Can I deliver in small increments and learn from the feedback?”
Have humility in understanding that everything can change in a second — so the ability to learn, unlearn, and relearn is critical (if you don’t, your business will become vulnerable to competitors)
Mentioned in this Episode:
Christy Erbeck’s LinkedIn
Quincy Jordan’s LinkedIn
Steven Granese’s LinkedIn
What Got You Here Won’t Get You There: How Successful People Become Even More Successful, by Marshall Goldsmith
Unlearn: Let Go of Past Success to Achieve Extraordinary Results, by Barry O’Reilly
Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek
The Agile of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done.
by Stephen Denning
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by AgileThought colleague and frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan. Quincy has been with AgileThought for just over two years as a principal transformation consultant and agile competency lead. Prior to AgileThought, Quincy was the transformation lead for Pivotal’s Atlanta office, where he consulted with clients to help them reach enterprise scale. He has also served as a principal consultant and agile coach at SCRUMstudy.com for over six years.
In their discussion today, Dan and Quincy explore the topic of culture as related to agile transformations. They define what culture is, why it is important, how it factors into agile transformations, and how to begin addressing it as an organization. Quincy also shares how to become more intentional about addressing culture early on as the company is moving toward a more agile way of working, the outcomes of being unintentional about addressing culture challenges, and additional tips and takeaways that are critical to keeping in mind when addressing culture.
Key Takeaways
What does ‘culture’ refer to?
A combination of the values, habits, and norms within a group or organization
The values that are present in everything that your organization does
It applies to any organization (whether it’s a religious institution, your family unit, company, etc.)
Can be characterized as “The way things happen around here” or “How we do things around here”
Quincy’s advice regarding how culture factors into agile transformations:
Culture cannot come last; if you want the ‘machine to run well’ and address the culture after, you have created a culture that says, “The machine is more important than the culture”
If a specific habit, such as courage, is not encouraged, you are building cultural debt; i.e., it will become more and more difficult for courage to be expressed
It is important to be intentional about culture upfront and incorporate it into your transformation as part of your strategy
If you don’t want certain habits to be a part of the culture, you have to intentionally set a new structure for everyone to transition to (otherwise it will continue to be pervasive)
Outcomes of being unintentional about addressing culture challenges:
If you’re not intentional about the culture and you develop a culture by default, it is likely to be riddled with cultural debt
If you don’t address having the proper culture that you want up front, you are going to have a mismatch of what you currently have and what it is that you really want
If the team/s are checklist-driven then they won’t have the opportunity to help the culture be values-driven
How to be more intentional about addressing culture early on as the company is moving toward a more agile way of working:
Ask: “Are we involving the teams in the actual planning or are they being given plans and milestones that they’re expected to hit without participating in the creation of those plans?”
Ask: “Is our culture checklist-driven rather than values-driven?”
The team/s should be involved in understanding what’s drawing value so they can better help accomplish the work that needs to be done for the values to be there
Set the culture upfront
Figure out the things that you are and are not aligned to as an organization
Decide on where the values lie and what they would be (ask individuals and teams: “What are the things that we value?”)
Have teams and individuals fill in the blank: “It really agitates me when _________.” It helps make clear what things affect their value system
Do a team working agreement where you establish what the values are
Once you establish what the values are, ask: “How can we act on these values?” and “What are the things that we can do, day-in and day-out, to express that those are our values?”
For example, if the value is: “Everyone has a voice,” then you need to provide opportunities for individuals to have their voice heard
Additional culture tips and takeaways:
You need to be intentional and know what your values are so that you can drive towards them (and be intentional about not allowing those values to be encroached upon)
If you address culture upfront, then you’re putting the organization in a position where you’re helping to impact the decision-making
Addressing the culture upfront helps the organization work towards their overall vision
It is important to have people within the organization that are carrying the culture forward so that when others are unsure/confused, they can look to those people
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Reengineering Alternative, by William E. Schneider
Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr
Science of Running: Analyze your Technique, Prevent Injury, Revolutionize your Training, by Chris Napier
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, Christy Erbeck, the Chief People Officer at AgileThought, is serving as your guest host for today’s conversation with Dr. Jerry Smith.
In their conversation today, they discuss how to make AI work for your enterprise. Dr. Jerry Smith explains why understanding causality is critical for AI-driven business transformation and how data science and analytics can help enterprise clients transform and become the digital winners that they desire to be.
Key Takeaways
About Dr. Jerry Smith: Dr. Jerry Smith is AgileThought’s Managing Director of Analytics and Data Science. As a practicing AI & Data Scientist, thought leader, innovator, speaker, author, and philanthropist, Dr. Jerry Smith is dedicated to advancing and transforming businesses through evolutionary computing, enterprise AI and data sciences, machine learning, and causality.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Eric Landes addresses the questions: "How do you measure a Scrum Team's Performance?"
What Does the Scrum Guide say About Measuring Performance? In many of our Scrum classes, the issue of measuring performance is asked about how can we measure a Scrum team's performance. It is a good question that the Scrum guide does give some information on the guide states that one of the inputs of Sprint planning is past performance of the development team. It also States that the daily Scrum optimizes team collaboration and performance by inspecting work. In these two statements, we learn that Scrum does want to help optimize team's performance. So how do we measure that though? When we go back to our question, let's talk about why we should measure a Scrum team's performance as the Scrum Guide mentions, we do need that as an input to Sprint planning.
Velocity is not the Best Measure For this input, many teams use a velocity chart. A team's velocity chart to understand past performance. And this is a complimentary practice to Scrum. It's not actually asked for in the Scrum Guide or prescribed. But it is one well-established way to measure performance along with Sprint burndown charts and release burndown charts. I find that velocity may not be the best measure.
Use Kanban Metrics to Measure and Forecast If this question is more about helping the team understand and communicate delivery performance, there are tools like cumulative flow charts and throughput that could be used. These metrics come from a Kanban perspective and these tools help teams understand their flow and can be used to communicate forecasts.
For instance, your team may have a throughput of one PBI done each day. Just as an example, as a for instance, while using the past metrics are never one hundred percent accurate. It can help teams as they go into Sprint planning and Kanban even gives you a forecasting method called Monte Carlo simulations that can help with this. Now this is a complex topic for sure, but the main purpose of this Trainer Talk is to introduce you to concepts beyond team velocity charts, and burndown charts.
Many Kanban metrics can be used to help teams understand their delivery capabilities better and achieve a flow that many mature teams are hallmarks of many mature teams. Scrum.org even has a class called Professional Scrum with Kanban that teaches participants to get to that flow and to help measure that flow.
Find What Works for Your Team If you are interested in different ways to measure a Scrum team's performance, I urge you to check out some of these other metrics. There is no one size fits all. So, make sure it works for your team and self-organize around the way your team measures performance.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In today’s ‘solocast’ of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann is exploring the art of metaphors. Metaphors can be a powerful tool to illustrate important ideas and concepts of agility — if used well.
Dan shares the pros and cons of using metaphors in an agile setting, how to use them effectively whatever your role may be, and how metaphors can be a really powerful tool to add to your arsenal, regardless of what level you’re at in the organization and who you’re trying to communicate with.
Key Takeaways
What is a metaphor?
A metaphor is a way of using a concrete image/example to help connect to an abstract thought
Taking an abstract idea like agility and then comparing it to something that is very concrete
Metaphors help us connect abstract things to familiar ideas
Examples: “All the world is a stage.” — Shakespeare, “Life is like a box of chocolates.” — Forrest Gump
What to keep in mind when using metaphors:
Be aware that we can sometimes bring in biases and/or unintended constraints that are not helpful
Using a metaphor may impact the way a person is looking to solve a problem
The way in which a metaphor is used is going to affect the way that someone is going to think about different problems
Common (and not-so-common) agility metaphors:
An 8-hour endurance race (where the goal is to see how many miles you can go in a set amount of time) can be compared to an agile software development project
Building a car as compared to product development (the metaphor of construction helps to connect the thought of agility with regard to transportation)
Agile gardening vs. Agile farming (illustrates the contextual differences when you’re doing small-scale agility [the gardening] vs. commercial, industrial-scale agility [farming])
Sailboat (a metaphor technique used in retrospectives): i.e. “What are the fair winds that are blowing your boat across the water?” and “What are the anchors?” (i.e. what is keeping your boat moving forward to its destination)
Metaphors can also be used to show where agility does not make sense (i.e. you don’t exactly want a McDonald’s lineworker being agile when they’re making your burger; you want the same burger every time you go there)
House metaphors: “If you’re building a house you have to build a solid foundation” and “You wouldn’t build a house one room at a time” (these can be good for user stories as well as illustrating the desire for pre-planning)
Pros
Metaphors are powerful in that they cause the brain to react differently
Metaphors can help teams move away from a really concrete way of thinking about a problem to a much more abstract way, unlocking some new potential
There are lots of different ways of using metaphors to help connect people to this abstract concept of agility
Cons
An issue with metaphors is that they can sometimes be militaristic (i.e. using military metaphors, such as those seen in Team of Teams)
Some metaphors bring in gender biases (i.e. “don’t get your panties in a twist”) — this baggage is not appropriate and brings in stereotypes
Metaphors about games and sports (because agility isn’t a win/lose scenario)
Art metaphors — not everyone will be able to relate to the message (it’s important to be aware of your audience)
Imagining your team as a machine in a metaphor can bring in some constraints you don’t necessarily want
Mentioned in this Episode:
“How the brain finds meaning in metaphor,” ScienceDaily
“Through Their Own Words: Towards a New Understanding of Leadership Through Metaphors”
“Why Metaphors Are Important: Metaphors are not just a literary technique; they are a psychological technique”
“The Power of Metaphors in Communication”
Team of Teams: New Rules of Engagement for a Complex World, by Stanley McChrystal with Chris Fussell, Tantum Collins, and David Silverman
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by not one — but two! — AgileThought Colleagues; Quincy Jordan and Christy Erbeck!
In their conversation today, Dan, Quincy, and Christy discuss the key qualities to look for when bringing a new Scrum Master into your organization. They discuss the important characteristics you should be on the lookout for, the key skillsets, important soft skills, and some of the qualifiers (and disqualifiers!). They also share what to pay attention to when hiring, red flags to watch out for, and insightful questions you can ask during the interview process to make sure they’re a good fit.
Key Takeaways
What to consider when beginning to look for a Scrum Master:
Key characteristics
Skillsets
Soft skills
Qualifiers and disqualifiers
Good qualities:
Humbleness — they focus on the betterment of the team rather than shining the limelight on themselves
They are a servant leader
A capacity to focus on the strengths of others
A good balance of leadership and humility
Open to feedback
They have a growth mindset
They are a learner; not a knower
They come from a place of curiosity vs. judgment
What to pay attention to when hiring:
They understand the five Scrum values
Mastery of the Scrum guide
They are staying up-to-date on the Scrum framework
They purposefully model the behaviors and values of Scrum
Listen to how they use their words; i.e. are they phrasing from a competitive standpoint or a collaborative standpoint? Are they phrasing from a comparative standpoint or an inclusion standpoint?
They should have stories and anecdotes of how they have applied the Scrum guide in real life
They should take on the role of a Maestro rather than a ‘Master’
In the interview process, identify how they apply values, think through problems, and how they recover and ‘rise strong’ from a failure
If they don’t have any certifications, inquire why that is and how they have self-taught
If they do have certifications, ask when they received them and what they have done with them since
Ask how they are participating in the agile community in their area
Disqualifiers:
Humility to the point where they are not actually leading anything
Having too much knowledge and have a hard time pulling their weight from their own experience/knowledge and not allow the team to determine the ‘how’ for themselves
They are not open to self-evaluation or evaluation from others
They have a fixed mindset
They are a knower; not a learner
Misconceptions:
Do not assume that you can take all of your project managers and turn them into Scrum Masters
“We need a very technical person to be a Scrum Master” — untrue; in many cases, a less technical person makes a better Scrum Master
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
Today on the podcast, Dan Neumann and Christy Erbeck are discussing how to lead in times of crisis and come out of it stronger than ever.
As a leader, it is critically important to take care of yourself during crises to be able to lead others through them, as well. In this episode, Christy shares her tips for leading through crisis, key strategies leaders can begin to implement, and how to cultivate a healthy work environment for everyone involved.
Key Takeaways
Christy’s tips for leaders, leading in a time of crisis:
Use it as a time to reflect on where you are now and where you want to be on the other side of it all
Take time to process your emotions and lead from a place of truth
Lead by example; take care of yourself and work at a sustainable pace while encouraging the rest of the team
Transparency is key — be transparent about where you are, as a team, as an organization, and in relation to the difficult decisions you’ve had to make to survive the crisis (transparency offers the opportunity for growth and building trust within the organization)
Understand your audience in your approach with being transparent; it is important to care for the person receiving the information
Going hand-in-hand with transparency, it is also critical to communicate (and the need for communication exponentially rises, the greater the crisis)
Meaningful, intentional communication and on-going dialogue between the employee and the leader (or the team and the team members) is critically important for minimizing the stories they may be telling themselves when there is a gap in communication or lack of communication
Connect in a meaningful way with your employees vs. walking away or being silent
Authenticity is critically important in leading through a crisis — it’s not about what you know; it’s about what you’re willing to learn
Do not defer taking action until the last possible moment
How to come out of a crisis stronger than ever with your team:
Delegate decision-making and allow other people to make decisions within a framework
Take pragmatic action
Ensure you are still meeting and talking about your longer-term strategy beyond COVID-19
Examine how to position your organization so that when you come out on the other side of COVID-19 you are attractive to the marketplace and your customers
Leverage OKRs
Apply an experimental mindset and conduct experiments (one way you could do this is to utilize Kanban boards)
Implement empirical process control
Cultivate a culture steeped in trust and forgiveness
Continual planning
Reach out to others as a leader so that you’re not making decisions in a vacuum and are leveraging other people’s expertise
Imagine what the leader that you most respect would do; how would they handle this situation? And how can you tap into this person’s expertise?
Make the time to reflect and gain perspective
Be courageous as a leader by being vulnerable
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Dave Ramsey Show
Brené Brown
“A Guide to OKRs,” KOAN
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 5: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”
“What is a Kanban Board?”
Small Business Administration (SBA)
SCORE — Service Corps of Retired Executives
Gartner
The Conference Board
Harvard Business Review
“Microsoft Analyzed Data on its Newly Remote Workforce,” Harvard Business Review
“Managing When the Future is Unclear,” Harvard Business Review
“Leadership in Times of Crisis,” American Psychological Association
“How to Survive a Recession and Thrive Afterward,” Harvard Business Review
“The Downside of Flex Time,” Harvard Business Review
“The Reopening Challenge: 5 Tips for Getting Back to Business,” Inc.
“COVID-19 is Reshaping Business: 6 Tips for Coming Back Even Stronger,” Forbes
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Eric Landes addresses the questions: "Will the Professional Scrum Master Certification help me get a job as a Scrum Master?"
The Professional Scrum Master certification Bolsters your Credentials Of course there is no guarantee of a job with a certification, but I believe it helps you have the intelligent conversations around scrum when you have the background from passing a certification in the Scrum framework. If you are already working in IT, one way to do bolster your chances for a job would be to take the class and go for the certification. Then in your current job, use Scrum with your team, at any opportunity you have.
Get Experience in the Scrum Master Role If you can volunteer for other teams within your organization. This will help you get experience with the concepts. Then you are positioned to be a Scrum Master in your current organization should the opportunity present itself. Having the certification helps, and get as much experience as you can as you attempt to become a full time scrum master.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his AgileThought Colleague, Quincy Jordan!
In their conversation today, Dan and Quincy are diving into the world of online videogames — specifically Fortnite; the popular battle royale, sandbox game — and drawing comparisons between it and agility.
Having watched his son play Fortnite over the summer, Quincy saw how he remotely communicated with his friends online to come together as a team, seek out an objective, collaborate, and go after that goal. In this episode, Quincy not only highlights many of the similarities between online gaming and having an agile mindset, but he also shares some of what we (and our kids) can learn from playing these sorts of games and further improve our agility.
Key Takeaways
The overlap between an agile mindset and Fortnite/other online games:
In the game, you play in teams and the players coordinate and collaborate remotely through headsets
In both agile teams and Fortnite, you need to come together as a team, seek out an objective, collaborate, and go after that goal
In the game, you gather raw materials and architect right on the spot to create structures such as barriers or ramps (similar to the agile concept of solving problems with the resources you have at your disposal)
They do team working agreements (i.e. before they start, they set out their goals and agree on what they’re trying to achieve)
When their objective is at risk of reaching its goal (similar to a sprint goal), they reevaluate quickly, make adjustments, stay adaptable, and continue without losing sight of the goal
What Fortnite/other online games can teach us about having an agile mindset:
The team collaboration in Fortnite emphasizes teamwork and shows how having ‘hero complex’ does not get you to your goal (you have to work together, one person cannot do everything)
In Fortnite, your character can lose energy and need time to recuperate. In this scenario, a teammate will ask another for help to spot them as they recover, which is very similar to how high-performing agile teams should behave (i.e. being transparent with one another if you need help)
There’s a collective recognition that you win and lose as a team
The teams in Fortnite are self-organized and not afraid to take risks and fail fast — this is key to growth
They always stay focused on the overall objective, which is a crucial mindset piece for agile teams to have
Mentioned in this Episode:
Fortnite
Halo
Discord
The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart
Quincy Jordan’s Book Pick:
Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Why do you say that Sprint Zero is an anti-pattern?"
Why do you say that Sprint Zero is an anti-pattern? “Sprint Zero” is a label applied to the indeterminate period of time used to gather product requirements and analyze them before a Scrum Team can start developing the product. Although “Sprint Zero” appropriates a Scrum term, it isn’t part of Scrum, nor is it a Complementary Practice that enhances Scrum. Sprint Zero undermines Scrum and agility.
Sprint Zero isn’t a Sprint The Scrum Guide tells us that “The heart of Scrum is a Sprint, a time-box of one month or less during which a "Done", useable, and potentially releasable product Increment is created.”
That’s enough on its own to dispel the idea that Sprint Zero is a good Scrum practice. Sprint Zero rarely has a timebox— I have seen organizations where Sprint Zero lasted for months—and no potentially releasable product is produced by it.
Sprint Zero inverts agile values The purpose of Sprint Zero is to generate comprehensive documentation. The practice rests on the false belief that we can and should understand and predict all of a product’s requirements before we start building. We often use the phrase “gather requirements,” as if they are some harvestable commodity. For complex efforts like software development, nothing could be farther from the truth. Requirements emerge as we build and are often obvious only in hindsight. Spending time trying to predict them is wasteful.
Not only does Sprint Zero value comprehensive documentation over working software, it values contract negotiation over customer collaboration. The implicit promise of Sprint Zero is that once we have defined and analyzed our requirements, we can arrive at an agreement about scope and no further interaction with customers will be necessary until the product is completed. By attempting to define scope up front, we miss out on the value of working with the customer over the course of the development effort to ensure that the customers true needs are met.
Sprint Zero undermines agile principles It delays the beginning of product development—so forget about satisfying the customer through early delivery of valuable software. It violates the principle of welcoming changing requirements. It prevents emergence of requirements, designs, and architectures.
Articulate a vision and start building Sprint Zero is nothing more than the earliest stages of waterfall disguised by an agile-sounding term. But it’s not necessary—or possible—to know everything up front. All those features and requirements that seem so important during a requirements-gathering phase often turn out to not be needed at all.
The best way to handle the uncertainty of product development is not extensive up-front analysis, but to articulate a clear product vision and start building toward it.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In today’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought. Andrea has 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).
Dan and Andrea will be discussing the premise of agility and the common misunderstanding that it is only an IT ‘thing’ and is software-centric. Andrea explains how agility addresses needs across the enterprise and that it is about collaboration with many different areas of the business beyond IT. She shares how a shift from software agility to business agility drives the enterprise; and talks collaboration, feedback loops, design-thinking techniques, the importance of being customer-centric, applying agility across the organization, and key considerations around bringing the technology side and business side together.
Key Takeaways
Considerations when shifting to a more business agility:
Be careful not to create “us vs. them” scenarios (‘us’ as in the technology side and the ‘them’ being the business side)
As leaders, it is important to open up about the way you think about Agility and the principles
It is important to create a united effort of working together to achieve the desired outcomes (moving from ‘doing’ to ‘understanding’)
Be aware of cognitive biases, for instance, the ingroup and outgroup bias (where people tend to ascribe positive behaviors/attributes to people they consider to be in their group vs. ascribing/amplifying negative behaviors/attributes to people they consider to be outside of their group)
It is important to expand your ingroup bubble to at least your whole company (which would lead to more interpretation of positive intent and better collaboration)
It’s not about the individual developer getting to done; it’s about the team getting to done
Being more inclusive and valuing what every individual is bringing to the table has an incredibly profound impact
Key pieces in shifting from a software (or IT-centric) view of agility to business agility:
Start to reimagine roles and how you operate together
The business side needs to welcome the technologists to their side/domain and vice versa
Everyone needs to understand that there is huge value in understanding their customers/users and understanding the ‘why’ behind delivering
Allow people to be free and feel safe enough to create and innovate
Invite everyone into the full conversation
Truly value being engaged
Work towards building empathy between the people building the software and the people who will be using it
Apply the Agile principles, practices, and mindset pieces across the organization
Understand the ‘why’ behind why you’re doing agile practices as well as the intention behind them
Key places to have dynamic conversations with technology and the business:
Through backlog refinement — the inclusiveness comes from the product owner being able to articulate
Come up with a more creative ‘how’ or an ‘incremental how’
The product owner can communicate “no” or “not yet” to their stakeholders
The software on its own is not the product; there are other key pieces that create the ‘shrink-wrapped’ product
“When we think about business agility, what we want to do is understand what it takes to really get that product into the hands of our customers”
How you coordinate across the teams so you get that “shrinkwrapped product increment” is important
Think beyond just getting the software to ‘done’
Key points around accelerating the value chain:
Look to make ‘idea to value’ as short of a line as possible
Reference The Age of Agile’s three laws of business agility: the law of the customer, the law of a small team, and the law of the network
Empower your team and allow for autonomy
Feedback loops with your users/customers are key
Design thinking techniques are a great way to learn more about your customers/users
Empathy is huge — it is the basis for innovation and creativity
Mentioned in this Episode:
The Agile Manifesto
Modern Agile — Joshua Kerievsky
The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning
The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart
Andrea Floyd’s Book Picks:
Shelter in Place, by Nora Roberts
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Is it OK to plan several Sprints in advance?"
I’ve seen this practice in many organizations. Product Owners plan four, five, even six Sprints of work for their teams. The result is something like a Gantt chart with Sprints instead of weeks as the unit of measure. It’s a bad practice with many drawbacks and no real benefit.
It diminishes transparency The Scrum Guide’s description of the Product Backlog gives us our first clues that planning Sprints in advance is a bad practice.
Assigning Product Backlog items to future Sprints means that you’re splitting your Product Backlog into multiple lists. The order is more difficult to see, and instead of a single source of requirements, you now have several.
The Scrum Guide also says that the Product Backlog is dynamic and constantly changing. Having Product Backlog Items scattered over a number of Sprints makes managing this dynamic change more difficult than if you have a single artifact. In one organization I was in, Product Owners would plan an entire Program Increment and then spent a significant amount of time trying to manage multiple forecasted Sprint Backlogs as well as the remaining Product Backlog.
It diminishes self-organization When multiple Sprints are planned in advance, the Development Team loses its role in collaborating with the Product Owner to craft a Sprint Goal and select Product Backlog Items into the Sprint Backlog that they believe will help achieve that Sprint Goal. Often, no Sprint Goal is identified—instead, the goal is for the Development Team to “do all the things.” The Development Team’s autonomy is hobbled, and it is robbed of the opportunity to self-organize around a coherent, meaningful goal.
It diminishes inspection and adaptation The Scrum Guide closes its definition of the Product Backlog by pointing out that while forecasting progress may prove useful, forecasting techniques “do not replace the importance of empiricism. In complex environments, what will happen is unknown. Only what has already happened may be used for forward-looking decision-making.”
Planning multiple Sprints in advance means that we are making decisions about the future based on what we expect will happen. Sprint six is planned based on what we expect to do in sprints one through five, for example. We’re making assumptions about the future before we have a chance to validate what we’re doing right now. It tends to result in attempting to produce to a forecast rather than basing our work on current business conditions.
But how do I forecast? Proponents of planning multiple Sprints in advance say that they need to do it in order to forecast release dates. But as Scrum Master Yoda said, “Always in motion is the future.” Planning several Sprints at a time, only to have to re-plan them as things change is wasteful and doesn’t create certainty.
Instead, we should embrace uncertainty and incorporate it into our forecasts, providing a target range that widens the farther out we look.
Forecasting with Scrum is best done by understanding our team’s velocity (as it actually is, not as we want it to be). We can use what we know about the team’s historical ability to deliver to make a “good enough” estimate of the least and most they are likely to produce.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
This week on the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann is joined by a new guest, Michael Guiler! Mike is an Agile Consultant at AgileThought. He has been an Agile coach for over 13 years now and has tons of experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (both business and technology) transform to better achieve their goals. His focus is on helping organizations learn and apply the values and principles of the Agile mindset to continuously improve.
In this episode, Dan and Mike will be focusing on the topic of intent-based leadership and the key leadership characteristics that allow for intent-based leadership. Mike shares how an organization can begin to take the first steps towards intent-based leadership, how to avoid common pitfalls, and shares his best practical tips and advice on embracing intent-based leadership throughout the organization.
Key Takeaways
What is intent-based leadership? What problems does it solve?
Helps to get the entire team to chip in and no longer wait for approvals and sign-offs
Takes the pressure off of one single leader and unlocks the potential of every employee
The opposite of directive leadership
Changing the pattern from leader-follower to leader-leader
Those in the leadership level are not telling people what to do/how to do it; they are setting goals and directions
The ‘followers’ are engaging their creativity, mind, and intelligence and leveraging those skills and sharing their solutions with the leadership (this gives the organization a great opportunity to learn and exposes leaders to things they hadn’t thought about before)
Getting started with intent-based leadership/Characteristics of leadership to allow for intent-based leadership:
Before the leader-leader pattern can take place a lot of growth has to take place
Keep in mind that this process won’t happen overnight
Immediately begin to address competence — leadership at all levels can’t thrive if your team doesn’t have the skills or knowledge to prioritize and take action
Establish safety — mistakes will happen; it’s how we react to those mistakes that will enable leadership at all levels to thrive or to fail miserably
Use mistakes as a learning opportunity rather than punishing an individual
Be curious and ask good questions from a place of true curiosity
Challenge your preconceived notions of how things have always been done
Embrace new ideas and thoughts — there’s a real chance you’ll learn something!
Allow time for the team to talk out loud
Respect others opinions and encourage others to have their own point of view
It’s hard and will take a lot of time and investment (but it’s money well-spent — the productivity will explode)
It’s important to set guide rails in the technology world
Focus on the goal/outcome instead of the ‘how’; set clear intentions and let the team figure out how
Adopt the “I intend to” language pattern
Mike’s intent-based leadership tips:
Once the competency is established and you’ve gotten your organization thinking about it, it is important to establish safety (without safety people won’t bring their creative-selves or do anything new)
It is key crucial for the team to know what the goals are
Have an “ish” mindset; decisions and actions being taken won’t match yours and that’s OK!
Overcome urges to command and control
Be tolerant of differences and encourage different points of view
Mike’s recommendation to further learn about intent-based leadership:
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet
Mentioned in this Episode:
Michael Guiler
Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 84: “Getting to ‘Finish’ as a Scrum Team with Andrea Floyd”
Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet
Forbes article regarding psychopathology in CEOs
Michael Guiler’s Book Picks:
The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning
Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco addresses the question: “How do you escape the tyranny of the burndown chart?”
The Problem with Burndown Charts This was the question a student asked last week. I knew exactly what he meant. I experienced it myself with my first Scrum Team, and I’ve seen it many time since. Teams try to predict every task they’ll have to do during a Sprint, estimate the hours for each, and make sure that the team’s capacity is fully allocated. As the Sprint progresses, they discover new work. Work that was predicted takes longer than usual. The burndown rises instead of falling, or it plateaus. The burndown chart becomes a burden that destroys morale and effectiveness.
After a few Sprints of this experience, teams either abandon the burndown chart or they start playing games to make the burndown “look right.” In both cases, the team loses out on a valuable tool for helping them achieve the Sprint Goal.
Does the Scrum Guide Require Burndown Charts? To be clear, the Scrum Guide does not mandate the use of a burndown chart. Here’s what it says about tracking Sprint progress:
“At any point in time in a Sprint, the total work remaining in the Sprint Backlog can be summed. The Development Team tracks this total work remaining at least for every Daily Scrum to project the likelihood of achieving the Sprint Goal. By tracking the remaining work throughout the Sprint, the Development Team can manage its progress.”
Tracking total work remaining provides transparency about the team’s progress toward the Sprint Goal. That transparency allow the team to make informed decisions about how to adjust the scope of its work throughout the Sprint. If the team doesn’t know how much forecasted work remains, the Sprint Goal may be placed in jeopardy.
A sprint burndown chart is one way to fulfill the need to sum up the remaining work and make that data visible. So why does the burndown chart so easily become a burden to the team, rather than a tool?
Often, it’s because of a holdover from the mistaken belief that software development can be managed through predictive processes. Even in organizations that recognize the folly of predictive planning on a macro level, teams fall into the trap of thinking they can and should plan every minute of a team’s capacity.
How do we use a Burndown Chart Effectively? Software development falls into the realm of complexity. Even within a Sprint, we have to allow for emergent understanding of the work. Requirements, understood well enough for the work to begin, become clearer. New work emerges as a result. Teams that have strived for efficiency in allotting their time find that there’s no room to adjust as new information and understanding becomes available.
The secret to avoiding the tyranny of the burndown chart has nothing to do with the burndown chart itself. The secret is to let go of the belief that we can know everything up front and that efficient time usage is a worthwhile goal. Instead, strive for value delivery, select work that the team understands well enough to start on, and don’t strive for 100% utilization. The only thing certain about software development is that it is filled with uncertainty. In Sprint Planning, you need only look a few days into the future, and allow remaining details to arise as work gets underway.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this week’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan — principal transformation consultant and agile competency lead at AgileThought! Together, they are exploring COVID-19 as an agile accelerator.
In the agile space, there has been a long-time myth that face-to-face is synonymous with colocation and that you cannot have effective agile teams if they are not colocated. However, in the past year or so, many companies have been beginning to consider going to a hybrid remote model. But, when COVID-19 hit, their 12-month transition plans quickly became one-week transition plans. And though this has been very difficult for many, this acceleration due to COVID-19 has actually been a good thing in many cases — which is what Dan and Quincy will be talking about today!
They discuss which types of things got accelerated, beliefs about agility that got challenged due to COVID-19, what the ‘new normal’ post-COVID-19 may look like, and how these changes will be made to be sustainable going forward.
Key Takeaways
Beliefs about agility that got challenged due to COVID-19:
Those people in the agile space that were especially adamant that you cannot have effective agile teams that are remote were shown that it was possible
Some people believed that doing training in a distributed way would bring the quality down — however, the quality of training that is being delivered has not gone down since going remote
What COVID-19 has accelerated:
When pressed, many people are able to do very impressive things and accomplish more than they thought possible
It accelerated ingenuity and creativity
It accelerated the decisions to collaborate with one another as teammates and to quickly come together on a situation to figure out the most effective solution
It helped accelerate clarity on what was truly important to accomplish
It has driven companies to really start embracing business agility a lot more
Agility went from a concept that companies only thought about to a concrete concept that they embraced
Organizations have been focusing on value more due to embracing the agile mindset (and COVID-19 has been pushing this to further bounds)
It has helped push organizations to further their alignment on business agility and focus on the problems that need to be solved
COVID-19 has also accelerated businesses beyond those in software (it permeated into all facets)
Challenges regarding COVID-19 and the acceleration it has brought:
How do we maintain alignment between business and IT in this remote world? (How often do we need to meet? What do we need to be aligned on?)
Video conference fatigue
How do we ensure that the right problems are being solved, that the vision is clear, that the business objectives at hand are clear, and that the teams know how to tie their work to meaningful outcomes for the business?
People don’t adapt as fast as technology
What might the new ‘new normal’ look like post-COVID-19?
There most likely will be more remote work and more emphasis on collaborating remotely
There may be a bigger demand for remote tools (such as digital whiteboards) and they will become even more efficient going forward
People will most likely be more intentional about how they are showing up to video conferences with clearer goals in mind
Mentioned in this Episode:
From Chaos to Successful Distributed Agile Teams: Collaborate to Deliver, by Johanna Rothman and Mark Kilby
The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!
In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco addresses the question: "How do we avoid Scrum adoption pitfalls?"
Last week, a student asked me what are some common pitfalls that we see when organizations shift to Scrum from a “big design upfront” process like waterfall.
A big one is that they think it’s a silver bullet
Adopting Scrum doesn’t solve problems overnight. It doesn’t solve problems at all! Scrum will surface the problems in your ability to deliver so that you can fix them. Too many organizations falter when Scrum runs up against an organizational impediment and “the way we’ve always done it” wins out. One example of this phenomenon is when there’s an onerous change management system that prevents code from getting into production. Scrum teams complete an increment and it sits there waiting until someone approves it to be moved to production. Sometimes, the wait is so long that multiple increments pile up.
Some organizations will cling to that change management system even though it’s getting in the way. Success comes when they adapt to the new way of working. At one organization I worked with, the solution was to set up an experiment with one team working on a less risky area of code. Once they proved that they could safely put code into production without breaking things, it paved the way for broader changes to their process.
Another pitfall is that the organization doesn’t really adopt Scrum
In many cases, organizations claim to adopt Scrum, but what they really do is apply Scrum terminology to existing roles and processes. I frequently see the term “Product Owner” used—or maybe I should say abused—as a new name for a Project Manager. But those Project Managers carry on pretty much the way they did before. They lack any of the accountabilities or authority of a Scrum Product Owner. They shift from using Gant charts measured in weeks to plotting out a project in Sprints over several months.
And that’s another way this behavior manifests. They’ll use the name of Scrum events without understanding their underlying purpose. A Sprint lacks the focus of creating a usable increment. “Daily Scrum” is a daily status report. “Sprint Review” is a carefully orchestrated smoke-and-mirrors show with limited, if any feedback or collaboration with stakeholders.
Without using all of its roles, events, and artifacts—and the rules that bind them together—you’re not using Scrum. You’re probably perpetuating your existing system. You know, the one that wasn’t working for you before. This is the realm of “Scrum, but.” And “Scrum, but” is not Scrum at all.
They don’t make other necessary changes
Even when an organization adopts Scrum’s mechanics, they sometimes find that Scrum doesn’t provide the benefits they hoped for. Delivery improves a little, but it soon plateaus and it’s a struggle to keep improving. That’s because other changes are necessary to really reap the gains of Scrum.
A common organizational structure is to have teams organized around technical layers or components. For example, a User Interface team, a Data Access Team, a Service gateway team, and so on. Scrum requires that we produce a working increment each Sprint, which means one that’s in usable condition. Teams organized by layers or components face numerous handoffs and challenges integrating their work. There’s a loss of transparency, and they struggle to compete that working increment.
The solution is to form teams that can deliver complete features that cut across all layers. Scrum doesn’t tell you to do that, but it works best if you do.
Scrum also doesn’t tell you to adopt good DevOps practices, or incorporate Kanban techniques, or to refactor your code. They’re all still good ideas.
Scrum is incomplete for a reason and that’s so that you can identify what works best for your organization. You have to go beyond Scrum. I talked about the pitfall of “Scrum, but,” earlier. But “Just Scrum” isn’t enough. You need “Scrum, and.”
Adopting Scrum requires a shift in organizational mindset. Without that, people revert to familiar behavior, even if that behavior wasn’t effective. And adopting Scrum can’t be an endpoint. It’s the beginning of a journey of experimentation and continuous improvement. In the Trainer Talk episode “Why Does Scrum Have So Many Meetings?” a few weeks ago, I mentioned that implementing Scrum requires intentional, thoughtful organizational redesign. That’s true of implementing the basics of the framework, but it’s equally true about the wider ecosystem that Scrum teams work in. And just like I said in that earlier episode, that’s why you need a good experienced Scrum Master—and sometimes more than one—to guide your organization’s Scrum adoption.
Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events
See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.
Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!
Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!